Document:

<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT 4.3

<PAGE>

                       MCDONALD & COMPANY SECURITIES, INC.

                 PROTOTYPE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION RETIREMENT PLAN

                             Basic Plan Document 01

                                February 1, 1996

<PAGE>

                       McDonald & Company Securities, Inc.
                         Prototype Defined Contribution
                                 Retirement Plan
                                Table of Contents
                               -------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               Page
                                                                                                               ----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Article I:        Preliminary Provisions..........................................................................1

                  1.1      Intent of Plan.........................................................................1
                  1.2      Interpretation.........................................................................1
                  1.3      Nonguarantee of Employment or Other Benefits...........................................1
                  1.4      Applicable Law; Severability...........................................................1

Article II:       Definitions.....................................................................................2

Article III:      Participation..................................................................................14

                  3.1      Computation of Eligibility Service:...................................................14
                           a.       Eligibility Computation Period...............................................14
                           b.       Service with Predecessor Employer............................................14
                  3.2      Commencement of Participation.........................................................14
                           a.       At Effective Date............................................................14
                           b.       After Effective Date.........................................................14
                  3.3      Termination of Participation..........................................................14
                  3.4      Participation After Reemployment......................................................14
                  3.5      Participation upon Return to Eligible Class...........................................15
                  3.6      Participation by Employees of Controlled or Affiliated Employers......................15
                  3.7      Employee Transfers....................................................................15
                  3.8      Participation by Owner-employees of More Than One Trade or Business...................15

Article IV:       Employer Contributions.........................................................................17

                  4.1      Contributions.........................................................................17
                  4.2      Allocation to Individual participant Accounts.........................................17
                  4.3      Return of Employer Contributions......................................................17
                  4.4      Forfeitures...........................................................................18
                           a.       Treatment and Allocation of Forfeited Amounts................................18
                           b.       Restoration of Forfeited Amounts.............................................18
                  4.5      Limited Effect of Allocation..........................................................19
                  4.6      Limitation on Allocations.............................................................19

Article V:        Employee Contributions.........................................................................23

                  5.1      Voluntary Employee Contributions Not Permitted........................................23
                  5.2      Rollover Contributions................................................................23
                  5.3      Transferred Contributions.............................................................23

Article VI:       401(k) Arrangement.............................................................................24

                  6.1      Definitions...........................................................................24
                  6.2      Participation.........................................................................26
                  6.3      Elective Deferrals....................................................................26
</TABLE>

                                       i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
                           a.       Compensation Reduction Election..............................................26
                           b.       Elective Deferral Contributions..............................................26
                           c.       Limitation on Elective Deferral Contributions................................26
                           d.       Distribution of Excess Deferrals.............................................27
                           e.       Actual Deferral Percentage Test..............................................27
                           f.       Distribution of Excess Contributions.........................................28
                  6.4      Matching Contributions; Qualified Matching Contributions..............................29
                           a.       Forfeitures and Vesting of Matching Contributions............................29
                           b.       Limitation on Matching Contributions.........................................29
                           c.       Distribution or Forfeiture of Excess Aggregate Contributions.................31
                  6.5      Qualified Nonelective Contributions...................................................32
                  6.6      Nonforfeitability of Certain Subaccounts..............................................32
                  6.7.     Distribution Requirements.............................................................32
                  6.8      Hardship Distribution.................................................................32
                  6.9      Top-Heavy Requirements................................................................34

Article VII:      Accounts and Valuation.........................................................................35

                  7.1      Establishment of Accounts.............................................................35
                  7.2      Establishment of Subaccounts..........................................................35
                           a.       Rollover Subaccount..........................................................35
                           b.       Transfer Subaccount..........................................................35
                           c.       Segregated Subaccount........................................................35
                           d.       Participant Loan Subaccount..................................................35
                           e.       Deductible Employee Contribution Subaccount..................................35
                           f.       Nondeductible Employee Contribution Subaccount...............................36
                           g.       Elective Deferral Subaccount.................................................36
                  7.3      Valuation and Allocation to Accounts..................................................37

Article VIII:     Investment of Contributions....................................................................38

                  8.1      Direction of Investments..............................................................38
                  8.2      Segregation of Accounts Before Retirement.............................................38
                  8.3      Participant Direction of Investments..................................................38
                           a.       Time and Manner of Investment Direction......................................38
                           b.       Cost of Investment...........................................................39
                           c.       Specified Funds..............................................................39
                           d.       Information to be Furnished to Participants..................................39
                           e.       Relief of Fiduciary Liability................................................39
                           f.       Participant at Investment Director...........................................40
                  8.4      Insurance Provisions..................................................................40
                           a.       Purchase of Life Insurance Policies..........................................40
                           b.       Applications.................................................................40
                           c.       Designation of Beneficiary of Insurance......................................40
                           d.       Payment of Premiums, Etc.....................................................41
                           e.       Disposition of Policies Upon Termination.....................................41
                           f.       Additional Provisions as to Insurer..........................................41

Article IX:       Time and Amount of Distribution................................................................42

                  9.1      Normal Retirement.....................................................................42
                  9.2      Early Retirement......................................................................42
                  9.3      Late Retirement.......................................................................42
                  9.4      Disability Retirement.................................................................42
                  9.5      Death Benefits........................................................................42
                  9.6      Termination, Resignation, or Discharge................................................42
</TABLE>

                                       ii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                     <C>                                                                                        <C>
                           a.       Vested Benefit Amount........................................................42
                           b.       Determining Service for Vesting..............................................42
                  9.7      Time of Payment.......................................................................43
                  9.8      Loans.................................................................................43
                           a.       In General...................................................................44
                           b.       Spousal Consent..............................................................44
                           c.       Default and Foreclosure......................................................44
                           d.       Special Limitations..........................................................45
                           e.       Limitation on Outstanding Loan Balance and Repayment.........................45
                  9.9      Withdrawals from Nondeductible Employee Contributions.................................45
                  9.10     Distribution of Certain Subaccounts...................................................45

Article X:        Method of Distribution.........................................................................46

                  10.1     Election of Participant Required......................................................46
                           a.       Limited Applicability........................................................46
                           b.       Payments of Vested Benefits of $3,500.00 or Less.............................46
                  10.2     Distribution Requirements.............................................................47
                           a.       General Rules................................................................47
                           b.       Limits on Distribution Periods...............................................47
                           c.       Determination of Amount to be Distribution Each Year.........................47
                           d.       Death Distribution Provisions................................................48
                           e.       Transitional Rule............................................................49
                  10.3     Optional Forms of Benefit.............................................................50
                  10.4     Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements...............................................51
                           a.       Participants Covered.........................................................51
                           b.       Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.........................................51
                           c.       Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity.....................................51
                           d.       Notice Requirements..........................................................51
                           e.       Safe Harbor Rules............................................................52
                           f.       Transitional Rules...........................................................53
                  10.5     Eligible Rollover Distributions.......................................................54
                           a.       General......................................................................54
                           b.       Definitions..................................................................54

Article XI:       Participating Employers........................................................................56

                  11.1     Adoption of Plan by Two or More Employers.............................................56
                  11.2     Contribution to the Plan by Participating Employers...................................56
                  11.3     Allocation of Contributions and Forfeitures...........................................56
                  11.4     Delegation of Duties..................................................................56
                  11.5     Designation of Agent..................................................................56
                  11.6     Discontinuance of Participation.......................................................56
                  11.7     Use of Identical Trustee:.............................................................56

Article XII:      Top-Heavy Provisions...........................................................................57

                  12.1     Top-Heavy Plan........................................................................57
                  12.2     Top-Heavy Ratio.......................................................................57
                  12.3     Top-Heavy Minimum Benefit.............................................................58
                  12.4     Vesting if Plan is Top Heavy..........................................................59

Article XIII:     Amendment, Termination, and Merger.............................................................60

                  13.1     Amendment.............................................................................60
                           a.       Amendment by Sponsoring Organization.........................................60
</TABLE>
                                       iv
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                     <C>                                                                                        <C>
                           b.       Amendment by Employer........................................................60
                           c.       Internal Revenue Service Approval............................................60
                           d.       Limitation on Amendment......................................................60
                           e.       Amendment of Vesting Schedule................................................60
                  13.2     Termination of Plan...................................................................61
                           a.       Termination of Plan by Employer..............................................61
                           b.       Termination by Death, Disability or Dissolution..............................61
                           c.       Vesting Upon Termination.....................................................61
                  13.3     Merger or Consolidation...............................................................61

Article XIV:      Administration of Plan.........................................................................62

                  14.1     Selection of Plan Administrator.......................................................62
                  14.2     Agents for Plan Administrator.........................................................62
                  14.3     Actions of Plan Administrator.........................................................62
                  14.4     Indemnification of Plan Administrator.................................................62
                  14.5     Facility of Payment...................................................................62
                           a.       Payment to Incapacitated Persons.............................................62
                           b.       Inability to Locate Payee....................................................62
                  14.6     Claims Procedure......................................................................62

Article XV:       Trust:  Duties and Powers of Trustee, Custodian and Investment Director........................64

                  15.1     Single Trust Fund.....................................................................64
                  15.2     Records and Reports...................................................................64
                  15.3     Compensation and Expenses of Trustee or Custodian.....................................64
                  15.4     Agents and Attorneys for Trustee......................................................64
                  15.5     Powers................................................................................64
                           a.       General Power Over Trust Funds...............................................64
                           b.       Investment Powers............................................................65
                           c.       Power to Vote Stock..........................................................65
                           d.       Right to Use Nominee.........................................................65
                           e.       Borrowing....................................................................65
                  15.6     Investment in Mutual Funds, Common Trust Funds, and Trustee Deposits..................65
                  15.7     Miscellaneous Provisions..............................................................66
                  15.8     Termination of Services of Trustee....................................................66
                  15.9     Appointment of Custodian..............................................................67
                  15.10    Establishment of Custodial Account....................................................67
                  15.11    Transmittal of Contributions to Custodial Account.....................................67
                  15.12    Disbursements for Custodial Account...................................................67
                  15.13    Records and Reports from Custodian....................................................67
                  15.14    Information for Participants; Voting..................................................68
                  15.15    Transfer, Resignation or Removal of Custodian.........................................68
                  15.16    Custodian's Responsibilities and Obligations..........................................68
                  15.17    Types of Investments..................................................................69
                  15.18    Duties of Investment Director.........................................................69

Article XVI:      Assignment of Benefits.........................................................................71

                  16.1     Rights not Assignable.................................................................71
                  16.2     Procedures for Reviewing Domestic Relations Orders....................................71

Article XVII:     Fiduciary Responsibility.......................................................................73

                  17.1     Prudent Man Rule......................................................................73
                  17.2     Responsibility for Agents.............................................................73
</TABLE>

                                       iv

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                     <C>                                                                                        <C>
                  17.3     Liability While Not Acting as a Fiduciary.............................................73
                  17.4     Liability for Breach by Co-Fiduciary..................................................73
                  17.5     Prohibited Transactions...............................................................73

Article XVIII:    General Provisions.............................................................................75

                  18.1     Participants to Furnish Information...................................................75
                  18.2     Successors and Assigns................................................................75
                  18.3     Limitations of Liability..............................................................75
                  18.4     Agency and Court Proceedings..........................................................75
                  18.5     Application for Letter................................................................75
</TABLE>

                                       v

<PAGE>

                       MCDONALD & COMPANY SECURITIES, INC.

                 PROTOTYPE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION RETIREMENT PLAN

                             BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT 01

                                  INTRODUCTION

         By executing the related Adoption Agreement, the Employer hereby
establishes a Prototype Retirement Plan, effective as of the Effective Date
listed in Item 4 of the Adoption Agreement. This Plan shall be known by the name
set forth in the Adoption Agreement, and consists of the provisions of this
document together with the Adoption Agreement.

                        ARTICLE I: PRELIMINARY PROVISIONS

1.1 INTENT OF PLAN: The Employer intends to establish a plan of retirement
benefits for its eligible Employee, for the exclusive benefit of Participants
and their Beneficiaries. This plan is intended to qualify as a retirement plan
under applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the Code).

1.2 INTERPRETATION: This Plan shall be interpreted and administered in a manner
consistent with the requirements of the Code and the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974 (ERISA). All discretionary powers granted to any party
under this Plan shall be exercised in a nondiscriminatory manner. All provisions
of this document and the Adoption Agreement shall be interpreted so as not to
discriminate in favor of officers, shareholders, Highly-compensated Employees,
Owner-employees or Self-employed Individuals.

1.3 NONGUARANTEE OF EMPLOYMENT OR OTHER BENEFITS: Neither this plan nor any
payment of benefits shall be construed to create a contract of employment or in
any way affect the right of Employer to suspend, discharge or discipline any
employee, nor shall it give any participant or other person any legal or
equitable right against the Employer, Plan Administrator, Investment Director,
Sponsoring Organization, or Custodian except as may be specifically provided by
the Plan or by federal law.

1.4 APPLICABLE LAW; SEVERABILITY: The Plan shall be construed and its validity
determined according to the laws of the State of Ohio to the extent they are not
preempted or superseded by ERISA or other applicable federal law. If any
provision of this Plan is held illegal or invalid for any reason, this
illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and
it shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had
never been included in the Plan.

<PAGE>

                             ARTICLE II: DEFINITIONS

         The following words and phrases shall have the meaning set forth below
when capitalized and used in the Plan or the Adoption Agreement, unless the
context clearly indicates otherwise. Where appearing in the Plan or Adoption
Agreement, the masculine shall include the feminine, and the singular shall
include the plural, and vice versa, unless the context clearly indicates
otherwise.

2.1 ACCOUNT means an Account established and held by the Trustee for an
individual Participant, as described in Article VII. Unless the context clearly
indicates otherwise, the term "Account" shall include any and all subaccounts
established and held by the Trustee for the Participant.

2.2 ACCOUNTING PERIOD means the period used by the Employer for federal income
tax or federal tax reporting purposes.

2.3 ACCRUED BENEFIT means the aggregate value of the Participant's Account
balance derived from Employer contributions.

2.4 ADOPTION AGREEMENT means the Agreement signed by Employer, the Trustee, and
the Sponsoring Organization under which Employer adopted this Plan, and which
shall be considered a part of this Plan.

2.5. ANNUAL ADDITIONS means the sum of the following amounts credited to a
Participant's Account for the Limitation Year:

         a.       Employer contributions;

         b.       Employee contributions;

         c.       forfeitures;

         d.       amounts allocated, after March 31, 1984, to an individual
                  medical account as defined in Section 415(1)(2) of the code,
                  which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the
                  Employer;

         e.       amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued after
                  December 11, 1985, in taxable years ending after such date,
                  which are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits,
                  allocated to the separate account of a Key Employee, as
                  defined in Section 419A(d)(3) of the code, under a welfare
                  benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the Code,
                  maintained by the Employer; and

         f.       allocations under a simplified employee pension.

         For this purpose, any Excess Amount applied under Sections 4.6.(a)(3)
or 4.6(b)(5) in the Limitation Year to reduce Employer contributions will be
considered Annual Additions for such Limitation Year.

2.6 ANNUITY STARTING DATE means the first day of the first period for which an
amount is paid as an annuity or any other form.

2.7 APPLICABLE LIFE EXPECTANCY means the Life Expectancy (or Joint and Last
Survivor Expectancy) calculated using the attained age of the Participant (or
Designated Beneficiary) as of the Participant's (or Designated Beneficiary's)
birthday in the applicable calendar year reduced by one for each calendar year
which has elapsed since the date Life Expectancy was first calculated. If Life
Expectancy is being recalculated, the Applicable Life Expectancy shall be the
life expectancy as so recalculated. The applicable calendar year shall be the
first Distribution Calendar Year, and if Life Expectancy is being recalculated,
such succeeding calendar year. If annuity payments commence in accordance with
Section 10.1 before the Required Beginning Date, the applicable calendar year is
the year such payments commence. If distribution is in the form of an immediate
annuity purchased after the Participant's death with the Participant's remaining
interest, the applicable calendar year is the year of purchase.

                                       2
<PAGE>

2.8 BENEFICIARY means a person who will actually receive benefits from this Plan
after and because of a Participant's death. The Beneficiary of a Participant
shall be his Designated Beneficiary at the time of his death. If the Participant
has not designated a beneficiary, or if his beneficiary designation does not
comply with the requirements of Section 10.4, the Participant's Beneficiary
shall be the first of the following groups in which there are any survivors: the
Participant's Spouse on the date of his death, the Participant's children, the
Participant's grandchildren, the Participant's parents, or the Participant's
estate.

2.9 BREAK IN SERVICE means a 12-consecutive month period (computation period)
during which the Participant does not complete more than 500 Hours of Service
with the Employer.

2.10 CODE means the Internal Revenue code of 1986, as amended, and as it is
hereafter amended, and any Regulations promulgated thereunder.

2.11 COMPENSATION means a Participant's Earned Income, wages, salaries, and fees
for professional services and other amounts received for personal services
actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer maintaining the
Plan (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for
services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance
premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements or other expense
allowances under a nonaccountable plan (as described in Regulation Section
1.62-2(c), and excluding the following:

         a.       Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation
                  which are not includible in the Employee's gross income for
                  the taxable year in which contributed, or Employer
                  contributions under a simplified employee pension plan, or any
                  distributions from a plan of deferred compensation;

         b.       Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified stock
                  option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the
                  Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer
                  subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture:

         c.       Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition
                  of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

         d.       Other amounts which received special tax benefits, or
                  contributions made by the Employer (whether or not under a
                  salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity
                  contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code (whether or
                  not the contributions are actually excludible from the gross
                  income of the Employee).

         Compensation for a Limitation Year is the Compensation actually paid or
includible in gross income during such Limitation Year. For Limitation Years
beginning after December 31, 1991, for purposes of applying the limitations of
this Section, Compensation for a Limitation Year is the Compensation actually
paid or made available in gross income during such Limitation Year.

Notwithstanding the preceding sentences, Compensation for a Participant in a
defined contribution plan is permanently and totally disabled (as defined in
Section 22(3)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code) is the Compensation such
Participant would have received for the Limitation Year if the Participant had
been paid at the rate of Compensation paid immediately before becoming
permanently and totally disabled. Such imputed Compensation for the disabled
participant may be taken into account only if the Participant is not a
Highly-compensated Employee and contributions made on behalf of such Participant
are nonforfeitable when made. Compensation for purposes of determining
allocations or other benefits under this Plan is defined in Section 2.49, Plan
Compensation.

                                       3
<PAGE>

2.12 CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT means the account established by the Trustee with the
Custodian (if the Employer has designated a Custodian) to maintain and invest
the assets of the Plan. If the Employer has designated a Custodian and if the
Employer has designated each Participant as the Investment Director in Item 9 of
the Adoption Agreement, the Trustee shall establish a separate Custodial Account
for each Participant's Account.

2.13 CUSTODIAN means the entity (if any) named by the Employer in Item 14 of the
Adoption Agreement.

2.14 DATE OF EMPLOYMENT means the date on which an individual first completes an
Hour of Service with Employer.

2.15 DEFINED BENEFIT FRACTION means a fraction, the numerator of which is the
sum of the Participant's Projected Annual Benefits under all the defined benefit
plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer, and the
denominator of which is the lesser of 125 percent of the dollar limitation
determined for the Limitation Year under Section 415(b) and (d) of the Code or
140 percent of the highest average compensation, including any adjustments under
Section 415(b) of the Code.

         Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant was a participant as of
the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986, in
one or more defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer which were in
existence on May 6, 1986, the denominator of this fraction will not be less than
125 percent of the sum of the annual benefits under such plans which the
Participant had accrued as of the close of the last Limitation Year beginning
before January 1, 1987, disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of
the Plan after May 5, 1986. The preceding sentence applies only if the defined
benefit plans individually and in the aggregate satisfied the requirements of
Section 415 of the Code for all limitation years beginning before January 1,
1987.

2.16 DEFINED CONTRIBUTION DOLLAR LIMITATION means $30,000.00 or, if greater,
one-fourth of the defined benefit dollar limitation set forth in Section
415(b)(1) of the Code as in effect for the Limitation Year.

2.17 DEFINED CONTRIBUTION FRACTION means a fraction, the numerator of which is
the sum of the Annual Additions to the Participant's Account under all the
defined contribution plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the
Employer for the current and all prior Limitation Years (including the Annual
Additions attributable to the Participant's nondeductible employee contributions
to all defined benefit plans, whether or not terminated, maintained by the
Employer, and the Annual Additions attributable to all welfare benefit funds,
individual medical accounts, and simplified employee pensions maintained by the
Employer), and the denominator of which is the sum of the maximum aggregate
amounts for the current an all prior Limitation Years of service with the
Employer (regardless of whether a defined contribution plan was maintained by
the Employer). The maximum aggregate amount in any Limitation Year is the lesser
of 125 percent of the dollar limitation determined under Section 415(b) and (d)
of the Code in effect under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code or 35 percent of
the Participant's Compensation for such year. If the Employee was a Participant
as of the end of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after
December 31, 1986, in one or more defined contribution plans maintained by the
Employer which were in existence on May 6, 1986 the numerator of this fraction
will be adjusted if the sum of this fraction and the defined benefit fraction
would otherwise exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan. Under the adjustment,
an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of the sum of the fractions
over 1.0 times (2) the denominator of this fraction, will be permanently
subtracted from the numerator of this fraction. The adjustment is calculated
using the fractions as they would be computed as of the end of the last
Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987, and disregarding any changes
in the terms and conditions of the Plan made after May 5, 1986, but using the
Section 415 limitation applicable to the first Limitation Year beginning on or
after January 1, 1987.

                                       4
<PAGE>

         The Annual Addition for any Limitation Year beginning before January 1,
1987, shall not be recomputed to treat all Employee contributions as Annual
Additions.

2.18 DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY means the individual who is designated by the
Participant to be entitled to receive a benefit by reason of the Participant's
death, according to the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with Section
401(a)(9) of the Code and the proposed regulations thereunder. The Designated
Beneficiary of a married participant shall be his Spouse, notwithstanding any
other designation he has made, unless such other designation is a Qualified
Election.

2.19 DETERMINATION DATE means the last day of the preceding Plan Year for any
Plan Year subsequent to the first Plan Year. For the first Plan Year of the
Plan, Determination Date means the last day of that Plan Year.

2.20 DISABLED OR DISABILITY means the inability to engage in any substantial
gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental
impairment that can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be
expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. The
permanence and degree of such impairment shall be supported by medical evidence.

2.21 DISTRIBUTION CALENDAR YEAR means a calendar year for which a minimum
distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant's
death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately
preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant's Required Beginning
Date. For distributions beginning after the Participant's death, the first
Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year in which distributions are
required to begin pursuant to Article X.

2.22 ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended, and as it is hereafter amended, and any Regulations promulgated
thereunder.

2.23 EARLIEST RETIREMENT AGE means the earliest date on which, under Article IX
of the Plan, and Item 10 of the Adoption Agreement, the Participant could elect
to receive Retirement benefits.

2.24 EARNED INCOME means the net earnings from self-employment in the trade or
business with respect to which the Plan is established for which personal
services of the individual are a material income-producing factor. Net earnings
will be determined without regard to items not included in gross income and the
deductions allocable to such items. Net earnings are reduced by contributions by
the Employer to a qualified plan to the extent deductible under Section 404 of
the Code.

         Net earnings shall be determined with regard to the deduction allowed
to the Employer by Section 164(f) of the Code for taxable years beginning after
December 31, 1989.

2.25 ELECTION PERIOD means the period which begins on the first day of the Plan
Year in which the Participant attains age 35 and ends on the date of the
Participant's death. If a Participant separates from service prior to the first
day of the Plan Year in which age 35 is attained, with respect to his Account
balance as of the date of separation, the Election Period shall begin on the
date of separation. The Election Period for a Participant who will not yet
attain age 35 as of the end of any current Plan Year shall begin on the date of
such election and end on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant
will attain age 35; a new Election Period for the Participant will then begin on
the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35.

2.26 ELIGIBILITY SERVICE means the service, if any, required under Item 5(A) of
the Adoption Agreement in order to be eligible to participate in the Plan.
Computation of Eligibility Service is described in Section 3.1 of this Plan.

                                       5
<PAGE>

2.27 EMPLOYEE means any eligible employee of the Employer maintaining the Plan
or of any other employer required to be aggregated with such Employer under
Section 414(b), (c), (m), or (o) of the Code.

         The term Employee shall also include (a) any Self-employed Individual
who adopts the Plan, and (b) any Leased Employee deemed to be an employee of any
employer described in the previous paragraph as provided in Sections 414(n) or
(o) of the Code.

2.28 EMPLOYER means the individual or entity adopting this Plan, any successor
to such individual or entity, and any parent, subsidiary, member of a group of
trades or businesses under common control, or affiliated entity with respect to
the individual or entity (as defined under Section 414 of the Code), which also
maintains this Plan.

2.29 EXCESS AMOUNT means the excess of the Participant's Annual Additions for
the Limitation Year over the Maximum Permissible Amount.

2.30 HIGHEST AVERAGE COMPENSATION means the average Compensation for the three
consecutive years of service with the Employer that produces the highest
average. A year of service with the Employer is the 12-consecutive month period
defined in Item 4(C) of the Adoption Agreement.

2.31 HIGHLY-COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE means both Highly-compensated Active Employees
and Highly-compensated Former Employees.

         A Highly-compensated Active Employee includes any Employee who performs
services for the Employer during the determination year and who, during the
look-back year: (a) received Compensation from the Employer in excess of
$75,000.00 (as adjusted pursuant to Section 415(d) of the Code); (b) received
Compensation from the Employer in excess of $50,000.00 (as adjusted pursuant to
Section 415(d) of the Code) and was a member of the top-paid group for such
year; or (c) was an officer of the Employer and received Compensation during
such year that is greater than 50 percent of the dollar limitation in effect
under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code. The term Highly-compensated Employee
also includes: (1) Employees who are both described in the preceding sentence if
the term "determination year" is substituted for the term "look-back year" and
the Employee is one of the 100 Employees who received the most Compensation from
the Employer during the determination year; and (2) Employees who are five
percent owners at any time during the look-back year or determination year.

         If no officer has satisfied the Compensation requirement of (c) above
during either a determination year or look-back year, the highest paid officer
for such year shall be treated as a Highly-compensated Employee.

         For this purpose, the determination year shall be the Plan Year. The
look-back year shall be the 12-month period immediately preceding the
determination year.

         A Highly-compensated Former Employee includes any Employee who
separated from service (or was deemed to have separated) prior to the
determination year, performs no service for the Employer during the
determination year, and was a Highly-compensated Active Employee for either the
separation year or any determination year ending on or after the Employee's 55th
birthday.

         If an employee is, during a determination year or look-back year, a
family member of either a five percent owner who is an active or former Employee
or a Highly-compensated Employee who is one of the ten most Highly compensated
Employees ranked on the basis of Compensation paid by the Employer during such
year, then the family member and the five percent owner or top-ten
Highly-compensated Employee shall be aggregated. In such case, the family member
and five percent owner or top-ten Highly-compensated Employee shall be treated
as a single Employee receiving Compensation and Plan contributions or benefits
equal to the sum of such Compensation and contributions or benefits of the
family member and five percent owner or top-ten Highly-compensated Employee For
purposes of this

                                       6
<PAGE>

Section, family member includes the Spouse, lineal ascendants and descendants of
the Employee or former Employee and the spouses of such lineal ascendants and
descendants.

         The determination of who is Highly-compensated Employee, including the
determinations of the number and identity of Employees in the top-paid group,
the top 100 Employees, the number of Employees treated as officers and the
compensation that is considered, will be made in accordance with Section 414(q)
of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

2.32     HOURS OF SERVICE means:

         a.       Each hour for which an Employee is paid or entitled to
                  payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer. These
                  hours will be credited to the Employee for the computation
                  period in which the duties are performed; and

         b.       Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
                  payment, by the Employer on account of a period of time during
                  which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the
                  employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation,
                  holiday, illness, incapacity of Service will be credited under
                  this paragraph for any single continuous period (whether or
                  not such period occurs in a single computation period). Hours
                  under this paragraph will be calculated and credited pursuant
                  to Section 2530.200b-2 of the Department of Labor Regulations
                  which is incorporated herein by this reference; and

         c.       Each hour for which back pay, irrespective or mitigation of
                  damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer. The
                  same Hours of Service will not be credited both under
                  paragraph (a) or paragraph (b), as the case may be, and under
                  this paragraph (c). These hours will be credited to the
                  Employee for the computation period of periods to which the
                  award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period
                  in which the award, agreement or payment is made.

         d.       Hours of Service will be credited for employment with other
                  members of an affiliated service group (under Section 414(m)
                  of the Code), a controlled group of corporations (under
                  Section 414(b) of the Code) or a group of trades or businesses
                  under common control (under Section 414(c) of the Code) of
                  which the adopting Employer is a member, and any other entity
                  required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to
                  Section 414(o) of the Code.

                  Hours of Service will also be credited for any individual
                  considered an Employee for purposes of this Plan under Section
                  414(n) or Section 414(o) of the Code.

         e.       Solely for purposes of determining whether a Break in Services
                  for participation and vesting purposes has occurred in a
                  computation period, an Employee who is absent from work for
                  maternity or paternity reasons shall receive credit for the
                  Hours of Service which would otherwise have been credited to
                  such Employee but for such absence, or in any case in which
                  such hours cannot be determined, eight Hours of Service per
                  day of such absence. For purposes of this paragraph, an
                  absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an
                  absence (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the Employee, (2) by
                  reason of a birth of a child of the Employee, (3) by reason of
                  the placement of a child with the Employee, or (4) for
                  purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning
                  immediately following such birth or placement. The Hours of
                  Service credited under this paragraph shall be credited (A) in
                  the computation period in which the absence begins if the
                  crediting is necessary to prevent a Break in Service in that
                  period, or (B) in all other cases, in the following
                  computation period.

                                       7
<PAGE>

2.33 IMMEDIATELY DISTRIBUTABLE means that any part of the Account balance could
be distributed to the Participant (or Surviving Spouse) before the Participant
attains (or would have attained if not deceased) the later of Normal Retirement
Age or age 62.

2.34 INVESTMENT DIRECTOR means the party designated by the Employer in Item 9 of
the Adoption Agreement to direct the Custodian in the investment of
contributions and earnings of the Custodial Account.

2.35 KEY EMPLOYEE means any Employee or former Employee (and the Beneficiaries
of such Employee) who at any time during the determination period was (a) an
officer of the Employer if such individual's Annual Compensation exceeds 50
percent of the dollar limitation under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code, (b) an
owner (or considered an owner under Section 318 of the code) of one of the ten
largest interests in the Employer if such individual's Compensation exceeds 100
percent of the dollar limitation under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code, (c) a
five-percent owner of the Employer or (d) a one-percent owner of the Employer
who has an Annual Compensation of more than $150,000.00. Annual Compensation
means compensation as defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but including
amounts contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement
which are excludible from the Employee's gross income under Section 125, Section
402(e)(3), Section 402(h)(1)(B) or Section 403(b) of the Code. The determination
period is the Plan Year containing the Determination Date and the four preceding
Plan Years.

         The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance
with Section 416(i)(l) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

2.36 LEASED EMPLOYEE means any person (other than an Employee of the recipient)
who pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other person (leasing
organization) has performed services for the recipient (or for the recipient and
related persons determined in accordance with Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on
a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and such
services are of a type historically performed by employees in the business field
of the recipient Employer. Contributions or benefits provided a Leased Employee
by the leasing organization which are attributable to services performed for the
recipient Employer shall be treated as provided by the recipient Employer.

         A Leased Employee shall not be considered an Employee of the recipient
if: (a) such employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing: (1)
a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least ten percent of
compensation, as defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but including amounts
contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are excludible from
the Employee's gross income under Section 125, Section 402(e)(3), Section
402(h)(1)(B), or Section 403(b) of the Code, (2) immediate participation, and
(3) full and immediate vesting; and (b) Leased Employees do not constitute more
than 20 percent of the recipient's nonhighly-compensated workforce.

2.37     LEAVE OF ABSENCE means any of the following:

         a.       That period of interruption of active employment of an
                  Employee caused by entrance into the Armed Services of the
                  United States under such circumstances that he becomes
                  entitled to reemployment rights under the law, this period
                  being deemed to terminate at the expiration of the
                  reemployment rights;

         b.       That period of interruption of active employment of an
                  Employee granted by Employee at the Employee's request with
                  the understanding that he will return to active employment at
                  the expiration of the period, provided that the interruption
                  of active employment does not exceed two years and is granted
                  on a nondiscriminatory basis for a specified reason such as
                  sickness, disability, research, study, pregnancy, or family
                  responsibilities;

                                       8
<PAGE>

         c.       A period of layoff not to exceed two years; or

         d.       A period of jury duty.

2.38 LIFE EXPECTANCY and Joint and Last survivor Expectancy mean a period of
time computed by use of the expected return multiples in Tables V and VI of
Section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax Regulations.

         Unless otherwise elected by the Participant (or Spouse, in the case of
distributions described in Section 10.2) by the time distributions are required
to begin, Life Expectancies shall be recalculated annually. Such election shall
be irrevocable as to the Participant (or Spouse) and shall apply to all
subsequent years. The Life Expectancy of a nonspouse Beneficiary may not be
recalculated.

2.39 LIMITATION YEAR means the period specified in Item 4(C) of the Adoption
Agreement. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different 12-consecutive month
period, the new Limitation Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year
in which the amendment is made.

2.40 MASTER OR PROTOTYPE PLAN means a plan the form of which is the subject of a
favorable opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service.

2.41 MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE AMOUNT means the maximum Annual Addition that may be
contributed or allocated to a Participant's Account under the Plan for any
Limitation Year, which shall not exceed the lesser of:

         a.       the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation; or

         b.       25 percent of the Participant's Compensation for the
                  Limitation Year.

The compensation limitation referred to in (b) shall not apply to any
contribution for medical benefits (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or
Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition
under Sections 415(1)(l) or 419a(d)(2) of the Code.

         If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment changing
the Limitation Year to a different 12-consecutive month period, the Maximum
Permissible Amount will not exceed the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation
multiplied by the following fraction:

                  NUMBER OF MONTHS IN THE SHORT LIMITATION YEAR
                                       12

2.42 NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE is the age selected in Item 10(A) of the Adoption
Agreement. If the Employer enforces a mandatory retirement age, the Normal
Retirement Age is the lesser of that mandatory age or the age specified in the
Adoption Agreement.
2.43 OWNER-EMPLOYEE means an individual who is a sole proprietor, or who is a
partner owning more than ten percent of either the capital or profits interest
of the partnership.

2.44 PARTICIPANT means an Employee who has begun to participate in the Plan
according to Section 3.2, and who has not ceased participation according to
Section 3.3. A participant is created as benefiting under the Plan for any Plan
Year during which the Participant received or is deemed to receive an allocation
in accordance with Section 1.410(b)-3(a) of the Regulations.

2.45 PARTICIPATION DATE means the date or dates on which Employees may become
Participants in the Plan, as specified in Item 5(C) of the Adoption Agreement.

                                       9
<PAGE>

2.46 PERMISSIVE AGGREGATION GROUP means the Required Aggregation Group of plans
plus any other plan or plans of the Employer which, when considered as a group
with the Required Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements
of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

2.47 PLAN means the program of retirement benefits established by Employer
according to the provisions contained in this document and the Adoption
Agreement, as named in the preamble of the Adoption Agreement.

2.48 PLAN ADMINISTRATOR means the individual or entity named in Item 2 of the
Adoption Agreement, which shall be a named fiduciary of this Plan.

2.49 PLAN COMPENSATION means the amount of a Participant's W-2 earnings
determined for the period selected by the Employer in Item 6(B) of the Adoption
Agreement. For any Self-employed Individual covered under the Plan, Plan
Compensation will mean Earned Income. Plan Compensation shall include only that
compensation which is actually paid to an Employee while he is a Participant
during the determination period. Except as provided elsewhere in this Plan, the
determination period shall be the period elected by the Employer in the Adoption
Agreement. If the Employer makes no election, the determination period shall be
the Plan Year. If so elected by the Employer in Item 6(B) of the Adoption
Agreement, Plan Compensation shall include any amount which is contributed by
the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which is not
includible in the gross income of the Employee under Sections 125, 402(e)(3),
402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b) of the Code.

         For years beginning on or after January 1, 1989, and before January 1,
1994, the annual Plan Compensation of each Participant taken into account for
determining all benefits provided under the Plan for any Plan Year shall not
exceed $200,000. This limitation shall be adjusted by the Secretary at the same
time and in the same manner as under Section 415(d) of the Code, except that the
dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar year is effective for
Plan Years beginning in such calendar year and the first adjustment to the
$200,000 limitation is effective on January 1, 1990. For Plan Years beginning on
or after January 1, 1994, the annual Plan Compensation of each Participant taken
into account for determining all benefits provide under the Plan for any Plan
Year shall not exceed $!50,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost of living
in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code. The
cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to any
determination period beginning in such calendar year. If a determination period
consists of fewer than 12 months, the annual Plan Compensation limit is an
amount equal to the otherwise applicable annual Plan Compensation limit
multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the
short determination period, and the denominator of which is 12. In determining
the Plan Compensation of a Participant for purposes of this limitation, the
rules of Section 414(q)(6) of the Code shall apply, except in applying such
rules, the term "family" shall include only the Spouse of the Participant and
any lineal descendants of the participant who have not attained age 19 before
the close of the year. If, as a result of the application of such rules the
adjusted annual Plan Compensation limitation is exceeded, then (except for
purposes of determining the portion of Plan Compensation up to the integration
level, if this plan provides for permitted disparity) the limitation shall be
prorated among the affected individuals in proportion to each such individual's
Plan Compensation as determined under this Section prior to the application of
this limitation.

         If Plan Compensation for any prior determination period is taken into
account in determining a Participant's allocations for the current Plan Year,
the Plan Compensation for such prior determination period is subject to the
applicable annual Plan Compensation limit in effect for that prior period. For
this purpose, in determining allocations in Plan Years beginning on or after
January 1, 1989, the annual Plan Compensation limit in effect for determination
periods beginning before that date is $200,000.

                                       10
<PAGE>

         In addition, in determining allocations in Plan Years beginning on or
after January 1, 1994, the annual Plan Compensation limit in effect for
determination periods beginning before that date is $150,000.

2.50 PLAN YEAR means the 12-consecutive month period designated by the Employer
in Item 4(B) of the Adoption Agreement.

2.51 PROJECTED ANNUAL BENEFIT means the annual retirement benefit (adjusted to
an actuarially equivalent Straight Life Annuity if such benefit is expressed in
a form other than a Straight Life Annuity or Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity) to which the Participant would be entitled under the terms of a plan
assuming:

         a.       the Participant will continue employment until normal
                  retirement age under the plan (or current age, if later); and

         b.       the Participant's Compensation for the current limitation year
                  and all other relevant factors used to determine benefits
                  under the plan will remain constant for all future limitation
                  years.

         Straight Life Annuity means an annuity payable in equal installments
for the life of the Participant that terminated upon the Participant's death.

2.52 QUALIFIED ELECTION means a designation of beneficiary by the Participant,
or a waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a Qualified
Preretirement Survivor Annuity, which satisfies all of the following: (a) the
Participant's Spouse consents in writing to the election; (b) the election
designates a specific beneficiary, including any class of beneficiaries or any
contingent beneficiaries, which may not be changed without Spousal consent (or
the Spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without any further
Spousal consent); (c) the Spouse's consent acknowledges the effect of the
election; (d) the Spouse's consent is witnesses by a Plan representative or
notary public; and (e) the election designates a form of benefit payment which
may not be changed without Spousal consent (or the Spouse expressly permits
designations by the Participant without any further Spousal consent). If it is
established to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that there is no Spouse
or that the Spouse cannot be located, a waiver which does not satisfy (a)
through (e) above will be deemed a Qualified Election.

         Any consent by a Spouse obtained under this provision (or establishment
that the consent of a Spouse may not be obtained) shall be effective only with
respect to that Spouse. A consent that permits designations by the Participant
without any requirement of further consent by the Spouse must acknowledge that
the Spouse has the right to limit consent to a specific beneficiary, and a
specific form of benefit where applicable, and that the Spouse voluntarily
elects to relinquish either or both of such rights. A revocation of a prior
waiver may be made by a Participant without the consent of the Spouse at any
time before the commencement of benefits; the number of revocations shall not be
limited. No consent obtained under this provision shall be valid unless the
Participant has received notice as provided in Section 10.4(d).

2.53 QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY means an immediate annuity for the
life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the Spouse which
is not less than 50 percent and not more than 100 percent of the amount of the
annuity which is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the
Spouse and which is the amount of benefit which can be purchased with the
Participant's Vested Account Balance. The percentage of the survivor annuity
under the Plan shall be 50%.

2.54 REQUIRED AGGREGATION GROUP means (a) each qualified plan of the Employer in
which at least one Key Employee participates or participated at any time during
the determination period (regardless of whether the plan has terminated), and
(b) any other qualified plan of the Employer which enables a plan described in
(a) to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code.

                                       11
<PAGE>

2.55 REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE means the first day of April of the calendar year
following the calendar year in which the participant attains age 70 1/2.

         a.       FIVE-PERCENT OWNER. A Participant is treated as a five-percent
                  owner for purposes of this Section if such participant is a
                  five-percent owner as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code
                  (determined in accordance with Section 416 but without regard
                  to whether the Plan is tope heavy) at any time during the Plan
                  Year ending with or within the calendar year in which such
                  owner attains age 66 1/2 or any subsequent Plan Year.

         b.       Once distributions have begun to a five-percent owner under
                  this Section, they must continue to be distributed even if the
                  Participant ceases to be a five-percent owner in a subsequent
                  year.

         The Required Beginning Date of a Participant who attains age 70 1/2
before January 1, 1988, shall be determined in accordance with (c) or (d) below:

         c.       PARTICIPANTS OTHER THAN FIVE-PERCENT OWNERS. The Required
                  Beginning Date of a Participant who is not a five-percent
                  owner is the first day of April of the calendar year following
                  the calendar year in which the later of retirement or
                  attainment of age 70 1/2occurs.

         d.       FIVE-PERCENT OWNERS. The Required Beginning Date of a
                  Participant who is a five-percent owner during any year
                  beginning after December 31, 1979, is the first day of April
                  following the later of:

                  1.       the calendar year in which the Participant attains
                           age 70 1/2, or

                  2.       the earlier of the calendar year with or within which
                           ends the Plan Year in which the Participant becomes a
                           five-percent owner, or the calendar year in which the
                           participant retires.

         The Required Beginning Date of a Participant who is not a five-percent
owner and who attains age 70 1/2 during 1988 and who has not retired as of
January 1, 1989, is April 1, 1990.

2.56 SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUAL means an individual who has Earned Income for the
taxable year from the trade or business for which the Plan is established; also,
an individual who would have had Earned Income but for the fact that the trade
or business had no net profits for the taxable year.

2.57 SPONSORING ORGANIZATION means McDonald & Company Securities, Inc., and any
entity which is a successor thereto.

2.58 SPOUSE (SURVIVING SPOUSE) means the lawful spouse or surviving spouse of
the Participant, provided that a former spouse will be treated as the Spouse or
Surviving Spouse and a current spouse will not be treated as the Spouse or
Surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a Qualified Domestic Relations
Order as described in Section 414(p) of the Code.

2.59 TRUSTEE means the individuals or entities named in Item 1(C) of the
Adoption Agreement (referred to both individually and collectively as "Trustee")
and successor, if any, each of which shall be a named fiduciary hereunder.

2.60 VALUATION DATE means the date or dates elected by the Employer in Item 4(D)
of the Adoption Agreement as of which Account balances or Accrued Benefits are
valued.

2.61 VESTED ACCOUNT BALANCE means the aggregate value of the Participant's
Vested Accrued Benefit plus any Nondeductible or Deductible Employee
Contribution Subaccount, Elective Deferral Subaccount,

                                       12
<PAGE>

Rollover Subaccount, and Transfer Subaccount as provided in Article VII, whether
vested before or upon death, including the proceeds of insurance contracts, if
any, on the Participant's life, adjusted as follows:

         a.       The Vested Account Balance as of the last Valuation Date in
                  the calendar year immediately preceding the Distribution
                  Calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the
                  amount of any contributions or forfeitures allocated to the
                  Account as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the
                  Valuation Date, and decreased by distributions made in the
                  valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date.

         b.       For purposes of paragraph (a), if any portion of the minimum
                  distribution for the first Distribution Calendar Year is made
                  in the second Distribution Calendar Year on or before the
                  Required Beginning Date, the amount of the minimum
                  distribution made in the second Distribution Calendar Year
                  shall be treated as if it had been made in the immediately
                  preceding Distribution Calendar Year.

2.62 VESTED ACCRUED BENEFIT means the nonforfeitable portion of a Participant's
Accrued Benefit, as provided in Article IX, and which a Participant or his
Beneficiary shall have an unconditional and legally enforceable right to
receive.

2.63 YEAR OF SERVICE is a 12-consecutive month period (computation period)
during which the Employee completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service.

                                       13
<PAGE>

                           ARTICLE III: PARTICIPATION

3.1      COMPUTATION OF ELIGIBILITY SERVICE:

         a.       ELIGIBILITY COMPUTATION PERIOD. If the Employer has specified
                  a service requirement in Item 5(A) of the Adoption Agreement,
                  then for purposes of determining Years of Service and Breaks
                  in Service for purposes of eligibility, the initial
                  eligibility computation period is the 12-consecutive month
                  period beginning on the Employee's Date of Employment. The
                  succeeding 12-consecutive month period beginning on the
                  Employee's Date of Employment. The succeeding 12-consecutive
                  month periods commence with the first anniversary of the
                  Employee's Date of Employment. Years of Service and Breaks in
                  Service will be measured on the same eligibility computation
                  period.

         b.       SERVICE WITH PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER. If the Employer maintains
                  the plan of a predecessor employer, service with the
                  predecessor employer will be treated as service with the
                  Employer.

3.2      COMMENCEMENT OF PARTICIPATION:

         a.       AT EFFECTIVE DATE. Each Employee who has satisfied the
                  eligibility requirements specified in Item 5(A) of the
                  Adoption Agreement on the Effective Date shall become a
                  Participant in this Plan as of that date. If this Plan is a
                  restatement of a plan maintained by Employer or is a
                  replacement or successor to the previous plan maintained by
                  Employer, each Employee who, on the Effective Date, was a
                  participant in the plan prior to the restatement or who was a
                  Participant in the prior plan, shall be a Participant in this
                  Plan as of the Effective Date.

         b.       AFTER EFFECTIVE DATE. Each Employee who did not become a
                  Participant on the Effective Date will become a Participant on
                  the Participation Date specified in Item 5(C) of the Adoption
                  Agreement.

3.3 TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION: An Employee who has become a Participant shall
cease to be a Participant on the first Participation Date on which he satisfies
both of the following:

         a.       he is no longer an Employee or no longer satisfies any one of
                  the requirements specified in Item 5(A) of the Adoption
                  Agreement; and

         b.       he has received or has been deemed to receive distribution of
                  his entire Vested Accrued Benefit.

3.4 PARTICIPATION AFTER REEMPLOYMENT: If the Years of Service required for 100%
Vesting selected by the Employer under Item 12(A) of the Adoption Agreement
equal the Years of Service required for eligibility selected by the Employer
under Item 5(A) of the Adoption Agreement, then if an Employee has a Break in
Service before satisfying the requirement of Item 5(A) of the Adoption
Agreement, any service before the Break in Service will be disregarded. If the
Employer has selected options other than the foregoing, then, in the case of a
Participant who does not have any nonforfeitable right to the Account balance
derived from Employer contributions, Years of Service before a period of
consecutive one-year Breaks in Service will be disregarded in computing
Eligibility Service if the number of consecutive one-year Breaks in Service in
such period equals or exceeds the greater of five or the Participant's aggregate
number of Years of Service. Such aggregate number of Years of Service will not
include any Years of Service disregarded under the preceding sentence by reason
of prior Breaks in Service.

                                       14
<PAGE>

         If a Participant's Years of Service are disregarded pursuant to the
preceding paragraph, such Participant will be treated as a new Employee for
eligibility purposes. If a Participant's Years of Service may not be disregarded
pursuant to the preceding paragraph, such participant shall continue to
participate in the Plan, or if terminated, shall participate immediately upon
reemployment.

3.5 PARTICIPATION UPON RETURN TO ELIGIBLE CLASS: In the event a Participant no
longer meets the requirements of Item 5(A) of the Adoption Agreement and
therefore becomes ineligible to participate, but has not incurred a Break in
Service, such Employee will participate immediately upon return to a class of
Employees satisfying the requirements of Item 5(A) of the Adoption Agreement. If
such Participant incurs a Break in Service, eligibility will be determined under
the Break in Service Rules of the Plan. In the event an Employee who has been
ineligible to participate in the Plan because he did not meet the eligibility
requirements of Item 5(A) of the Adoption Agreement becomes eligible to
participate in the Plan, such Employee will participate immediately if such
Employee has satisfied the minimum age and service requirements and would have
otherwise previously become a Participant.

3.6 PARTICIPATION BY EMPLOYEES OF CONTROLLED OR AFFILIATED EMPLOYERS: If
Employer is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in Section
414(m) of the Code), a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section
414(b) of the Code), a group of trades or businesses under common control (as
defined in Section 414(c) of the Code), or any other group defined under Section
414(o) of the Code, an Employee will receive credit for any Hours of Service
rendered on behalf of any related employer. These Hours of Service will count in
determining Eligibility Service and the right to accrue benefits and in
determining service for vesting; however, an Employee shall not become a
Participant in this Plan if the employer for which is rendering services at the
time he would first be eligible to participate has not adopted this Plan.
Employees of related employers shall be treated as employed by a single employer
for purposes of the employee benefit requirements listed in Section 414(m)(4) of
the Code.

3.7 EMPLOYEE TRANSFERS: If an Employee is transferred between Participating
Employers, the Employee shall carry with him his accumulated service. A transfer
shall not be considered a termination of employment under the Plan, and the
Participating Employer to which the Employee is transferred shall be obligated
under the Plan with respect to the transferred Employee in the same manner as
was the Participating Employer from whom the Employee was transferred. After the
transfer, the Account balance of the transferred Employee shall be administered
and accounted for as the responsibility of the Participating Employer to whom
the participant is transferred.

3.8 PARTICIPATION BY OWNER-EMPLOYEES OF MORE THAN ONE TRADE OR BUSINESS: If this
Plan provides contributions or benefits for one or more Owner-employees who
control both the business for which this Plan is established and one or more
other trades or businesses, this Plan and the plan established for such other
trades or businesses must, when looked at as a single plan, satisfy Sections
401(a) and (d) of the Code for the Employees of this and all other trades or
businesses.

         If the Plan provides contributions or benefits for one or more
Owner-employees who control one or more other trades or businesses, the
employees of the other trades or businesses must be included in a plan which
satisfies Sections 401(a) and (d) of the Code and which provides contributions
and benefits not less favorable than those provided for Owner-employees under
this Plan.

         If an individual is covered as an Owner-employee under the plans of two
or more trades or businesses which are not controlled and the individual
controls a trade or business, then the contributions or benefits of the
employees under the plan of the trades or businesses which are controlled must
be as favorable as those provided for such individual under the most favorable
plan of the trade or business which is not controlled.

                                       15
<PAGE>

         For purposes of the preceding paragraphs, an Owner-employee, or two or
more Owner-employees, will be considered to control a trade or business if the
Owner-employee, or two or more Owner-employees together:

         a.       own the entire interest in an unincorporated trade or
                  business; or

         b.       in the case of a partnership, own more than 50 percent of
                  either the capital interest or the profits interest in the
                  partnership.

         For purposes of the preceding sentence, an Owner-employee, or two or
more Owner-employees shall be treated as owning any interest in a partnership
which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a partnership which such
Owner-employee, or such two or more Owner-employees, are considered to control
within the meaning of the preceding sentence.

                                       16
<PAGE>

                       ARTICLE IV: EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1 CONTRIBUTIONS: At any time during the Accounting Period or at any other time
permitted under Section 404(a)(6) of the Code, Employer may make deductible
contributions to the Trust or Custodial Account, in cash, on behalf of each
Participant entitled to receive an allocation under Section 4.2 or under Article
VI. Item 6(A) of the Adoption Agreement specifies the required amount of
contribution, if any. If a Participant is not entitled to the full contribution
specified in Item 6(A) due to the limitations of Section 415 of the Code (which
are described in Section 4.6 of this Plan), then the Employer contribution for
that Participant shall be reduced to the amount to which the Participant is
actually entitled. If the Employer maintains both a Profit-Sharing Plan and a
Money Purchase Pension Plan under this Prototype Plan, only one of the two plans
may provide for disparity in contributions as permitted under Section 401(1) of
the Code.

4.2 ALLOCATION TO INDIVIDUAL PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS: The Plan Administrator shall
allocate the amounts contributed for that Plan Year to the Accounts of the
Participants entitled to an allocation. The amounts contributed shall be
allocated to each Participant's Account as provided in this Section 4.2,
according to the Employer's election in Item 6(A) of the Adoption Agreement. A
Participant shall be entitled to an allocation of the Employer contribution and
forfeitures, if any, according to the requirements selected by the Employer in
Item 6(C) of the Adoption Agreement. In the event that a Plan Year is less than
12 months, the number of Hours of Service required for entitlement to an
allocation of Employer contributions and forfeitures (if any) shall be equal to
the Hours of Service required for a full Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the
numerator of which is the number of months in the shortened Plan Year and the
denominator of which is 12.

4.3 RETURN OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS: Except as otherwise provided in this
Section and Section 4.6, all contributions by Employer to the Trust or Custodial
Account shall be irrevocable but only if they are determined to be deductible by
the Employer under the Code. The deductible contributions and any income thereon
may not be diverted t or used for any purpose other than the exclusive benefit
of the participants or their Beneficiaries. Any contribution made by the
Employer because of a mistake of fact must be returned to the Employer within
one year of the contribution.

         In the event that the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue determines
that the Plan is not initially qualified under the Code, any contribution made
incident to that initial qualification by the Employer must be returned to the
Employer within one year after the date the initial qualification is denied, but
only if the application for qualification is made by the time prescribed by law
for filing the Employer's tax return for the taxable year in which the Plan is
adopted, or such later date as the secretary of the Treasury may prescribe. If
an Employer contribution is made by reason of a good faith mistake in
determining the deductibility of the contribution, the contribution may be
returned to Employer within one year after the disallowance of its deduction.
The amount returned to Employer under the preceding sentences shall not exceed
the lesser of:

         a.       the amount contributed due to such mistake; or

         b.       if the over-contribution preceded the most recent previous
                  Valuation Date and if, as of such date, there was a loss in
                  the value of the entire fund since the next most recent
                  previous Valuation Date (excluding current year
                  contributions), the amount contributed due to such mistake,
                  less an amount determined as follows:

                  1.       determine the percentage of loss in the fund value
                           between the two Valuation Dates;

                  2.       multiply the percentage obtained in (1) by the amount
                           of the over-contribution;

                                       17
<PAGE>

                  3.       multiply the number obtained in (2) by the number of
                           full months between the date of the contribution due
                           to such mistake and the next succeeding Valuation
                           Date;

                  4.       divide the number obtained in (3) by the number of
                           months between the two Valuation Dates.

4.4 FORFEITURES: No forfeitures will occur solely as a result of an Employee's
withdrawal of Employee contributions. If an Employee terminates service, and
elects, in accordance with the provisions of Articles IX and X, to receive the
value of the Employee's Vested Accrued Benefit, the nonvested portion will be
treated as a forfeiture. If the Employee elects to have distributed less than
the entire vested portion of the Account balance derived from Employer
contributions, the part of the nonvested portion that will be treated as a
forfeiture is the total nonvested portion multiplied by a fraction, the
numerator of which is the amount of the distribution attributable to Employer
contributions and the denominator of which is the total value of the vested
Employer derived Account balance. If a Participant has no Vested Accrued Benefit
at the time of his termination of employment, he shall be deemed to have
received a distribution of his entire Vested Accrued Benefit at the time of his
termination of employment, and to have forfeited his entire Account balance.

         a.       TREATMENT AND ALLOCATION OF FORFEITED AMOUNTS. If all or any
                  portion of a Participant's Accrued Benefit is forfeited in
                  accordance with this Section and Section 9.6, the forfeited
                  amount shall be held by the Plan until the last Valuation Date
                  in the Plan Year in which the Participant receives
                  distribution of his Vested Account balance. On that date, the
                  value of the forfeited portion shall be used first to restore
                  any previously forfeited amounts as required under Section
                  4.4(b) of this Plan. If there are any forfeited portions
                  available after that allocation, they may be applied to reduce
                  the amount of any required Employer contribution for the next
                  Plan Year. If any forfeiture amounts remain after that
                  allocation, they shall be allocated to the Account of each
                  Participant entitled to an allocation of Employer's
                  contribution for the Plan Year in the ratio which the
                  Participant's Plan Compensation bears to the total Plan
                  Compensation of all Participants entitled to an allocation of
                  the Employer contribution for that Plan Year. If any forfeited
                  amounts are held by the Plan at the time of the termination of
                  this Plan, these amounts shall be allocated to each
                  Participant's Account in the ratio that each Participant's
                  Plan Compensation bears to the total Plan Compensation of all
                  Participants entitled to an allocation of the Employer
                  contribution for the Plan Year during which the termination
                  occurs.

         b.       RESTORATION OF FORFEITED AMOUNTS. Under certain circumstances,
                  the forfeited portion of a Participant's Accrued Benefit must
                  be restored to the Participant's Account. If a benefit is
                  forfeited because the Participant or Beneficiary cannot be
                  found, such benefit will be reinstated if a claim is made by
                  the Participant or Beneficiary. If that Participant is
                  reemployed, the following rules apply:

                  1.       If the Participant has not received a distribution of
                           his Vested Accrued Benefit and is reemployed before
                           incurring five or more consecutive Breaks in Service,
                           the forfeited portion must be restored to the
                           Participant's Account. To the extent possible,
                           current forfeitures shall be used to restore the
                           Participant's Account. If current forfeitures are
                           insufficient to restore the Participant's Account,
                           unallocated earnings shall next be used to restore
                           the Account. If necessary, a special Employer
                           contribution shall be made subject to the limitations
                           of the Code.

                                       18
<PAGE>

                  2.       If a Participant receives a distribution pursuant to
                           this Section and the Participant resumes employment
                           covered under this Plan, the Participant's
                           Employer-derived Account Balance will be restored to
                           the amount on the date of distribution if the
                           Participant repays to the Plan the full amount of the
                           distribution attributable to Employer contributions
                           before the earlier of five years after the first date
                           on which the Participant is subsequently reemployed
                           by the Employer, or the date the Participant incurs
                           five consecutive one-year Breaks in Service following
                           the date of the distribution.

                  3.       If a Participant is deemed to receive a distribution
                           pursuant to this Section, and the Participant resumes
                           employment covered under this Plan before the date
                           the Participant incurs five consecutive one-year
                           Breaks in Service, upon the reemployment of such
                           Participant, the Employer-derived Account Balance of
                           the Participant will be restored to the amount on the
                           date of such deemed distribution.

                  4.       Regardless of whether the Participant has received or
                           was deemed to have received a distribution of his
                           Vested Accrued Benefit, if he is reemployed after
                           incurring five or more consecutive Breaks in Service,
                           the forfeited portion of his Account shall not be
                           restored.

4.5 LIMITED EFFECT OF ALLOCATION: The fact that an allocation of contributions,
forfeitures, or earnings is made shall not, by itself, vest in any Participant
or Beneficiary a right or interest in any specific asset or portion of the Plan.
If an allocation of contributions, forfeitures, earnings or losses is
incorrectly made, the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to reallocate
amounts to the extent necessary to correct the error.

4.6      LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS:

         a.       If the Participant does not participate in, and has never
                  participated in, another qualified plan maintained by the
                  Employer, or a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Section
                  419(e) of the Code), maintained by the Employer, or an
                  individual medical account (as defined in Section 415(1)(2) of
                  the Code) maintained by the Employer, or a simplified employee
                  pension, as defined in Section 408(k) of the Code, maintained
                  by the Employer, which provides an Annual Additional the
                  amount of Annual Additions which may be credited to the
                  Participant's Account for any Limitation Year will not exceed
                  the lesser of the Maximum Permissible Amount or any other
                  limitation contained in this Plan. If the Employer
                  contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated
                  to the Participant's Account would cause the Annual Additions
                  for the Limitation Year to exceed the Maximum Permissible
                  Amount, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so
                  that the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year will equal
                  the Maximum Permissible Amount.

                  1.       Prior to determining the Participant's actual
                           Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer
                           may determine the Maximum Permissible Amount for a
                           Participant on the basis of a reasonable estimation
                           of the Participant's Compensation for the Limitation
                           Year, uniformly determined for all Participants
                           similarly situated.

                  2.       As soon as is administratively feasible after the end
                           of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible
                           Amount for the Limitation Year will be determined on
                           the basis of the Participant's actual Compensation
                           for the Limitation Year.

                                       19
<PAGE>

                  3.       If, pursuant to Section 4.6(a)(2), or as a result of
                           the allocation of forfeitures, there is an Excess
                           Amount, the excess will be disposed of as follows:

                           A.       Any nondeductible voluntary Employee
                                    contributions to the extent they would
                                    reduce the Excess Amount, will be returned
                                    to the Participant;

                           B.       If after the application of paragraph (A) an
                                    Excess Amount still exists, and the
                                    Participant is covered by the Plan at the
                                    end of the Limitation Year, the Excess
                                    Amount in the Participant's Account will be
                                    used to reduce Employer contributions
                                    (including any allocation of forfeitures)
                                    for such Participant in the next Limitation
                                    Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year if
                                    necessary;

                           C.       If after the application of paragraph (A) an
                                    Excess Amount still exists, and the
                                    Participant is not covered by the Plan at
                                    the end of a Limitation Year, the Excess
                                    Amount will be held unallocated in a
                                    suspense account. The suspense account will
                                    be applied to reduce future Employer
                                    contributions (including allocation of any
                                    forfeitures) for all remaining Participants
                                    in the next Limitation Year, and each
                                    succeeding Limitation Year if necessary;

                           D.       If a suspense account is in existence at any
                                    time during a Limitation Year pursuant to
                                    this Section, it will not participate in the
                                    allocation of the Trust's investment gains
                                    and losses. If a suspense account is in
                                    existence at any time during a particular
                                    Limitation Year, all amounts in the suspense
                                    account must be allocated and reallocated to
                                    Participants' accounts before any Employer
                                    contributions may be made to the Plan for
                                    that Limitation Year. Excess Amounts may not
                                    be distributed to Participants for former
                                    Participants.

                  b.       This Section 4.6(b) applies if, in addition to this
                           Plan, the Participant is covered under another
                           qualified master or prototype defined contribution
                           plan maintained by the Employer, a welfare benefit
                           fund maintained by the Employer, an individual
                           medical account maintained by the Employer, or a
                           simplified employee pension maintained by the
                           Employer, that provides an Annual Addition during any
                           Limitation Year. The Annual Additions which may be
                           credited to a Participant's Account under this Plan
                           for any such Limitation Year will not exceed the
                           Maximum Permissible Amount reduced by the Annual
                           Additions credited to a Participant's account under
                           the other qualified master and prototype defined
                           contribution plans, welfare benefit funds, individual
                           medical accounts, and simplified employee pensions
                           for the same Limitation Year. If the Annual Additions
                           with respect to the Participant under other qualified
                           master and prototype defined contribution plans,
                           welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts,
                           and simplified employee pensions maintained by the
                           Employer are less than the Maximum Permissible Amount
                           and the Employer contribution that would otherwise be
                           contributed or allocated to the Participant's Account
                           under the Plan would cause the Annual Additions for
                           the Limitation Year to exceed this limitation, the
                           amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so
                           that the Annual Additions under all such plans and
                           funds for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum
                           Permissible Amount. If the Annual Additions with
                           respect to the Participant under such other qualified
                           master and prototype defined contribution plans,
                           welfare benefit funds, individual medical accounts,
                           and simplified employee pensions in the aggregate are
                           equal to or greater than the Maximum Permissible
                           Amount, no amount will be contributed or allocated to
                           the Participant's Account under this Plan for the
                           Limitation Year. If the Employer maintains more than
                           one type of plan under this Prototype Plan, the
                           Annual

                                       20

<PAGE>

                           Additions with respect to the Participant under a
                           Profit-Sharing Plan shall be reduced first, the
                           Annual Additions to a Money Purchase Pension Plan
                           shall be reduced next, and the Annual Additions to a
                           Target Benefit Plan shall be reduced last.

                           1.       Prior to determining the Participant's
                                    actual Compensation for the Limitation Year,
                                    the Employer may determine the Maximum
                                    Permissible Amount for a Participant in the
                                    manner described in Section 4.6(a)(1).

                           2.       As soon as is administratively feasible
                                    after the end of the Limitation Year, the
                                    Maximum Permissible Amount for the
                                    Limitation Year will be determined on the
                                    basis of the Participant's actual
                                    Compensation for the Limitation Year.

                           3.       If, pursuant to Section 4.6(b)(2) or as a
                                    result of the allocation of forfeitures, a
                                    Participant's Annual Additions under this
                                    Plan and such other plans would result in an
                                    Excess Amount for a Limitation Year, the
                                    Excess Amount will be deemed to consist of
                                    the Annual Additions last allocated, except
                                    that Annual Additions attributable to a
                                    simplified employee pension will be deemed
                                    to have been allocated first followed by
                                    Annual Additions to a welfare benefit fund
                                    or individual medical account, regardless of
                                    the actual allocation date.

                           4.       If an Excess Amount was allocated to a
                                    Participant on an allocation date of this
                                    Plan which coincides with an allocation date
                                    of another plan, the Excess Amount
                                    attributable to this Plan will be the
                                    product of:

                                    A.       the total Excess Amount allocated
                                             as of such date; times

                                    B.      the ratio of (i) the Annual
                                            Additions allocated to the
                                            Participant for the Limitation Year
                                            as of such date under this Plan to
                                            (ii) the total Annual Additions
                                            allocated to the Participant for the
                                            Limitation Year as of such date
                                            under this and all the other
                                            qualified master or prototype
                                            defined contribution plans.

                           5.       Any Excess Amount attributable to this Plan
                                    will be disposed of in the manner described
                                    in Section 4.6(a)(3).

                  c.       If the Participant is covered under another qualified
                           defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer
                           which is not a Master or Prototype Plan, Annual
                           Additions which may be credited to the Participant's
                           Account under this Plan for any Limitation Year will
                           be limited in accordance with Section 4.6(b) as
                           though the other plan were a Master or Prototype Plan
                           unless the Employer provides other limitations in
                           Item 7(A) of the Adoption Agreement.

                  d.       If the Employer maintains, or at any time maintained,
                           a qualified defined benefit plan covering any
                           Participant in this Plan, the sum of the
                           Participant's Defined Benefit Fraction and Defined
                           Contribution Fraction will not exceed 1.0 in any
                           Limitation Year. The Annual Additions which may be
                           credited to the Participant's Account under this Plan
                           for any Limitation Year will be limited in accordance
                           with Item 7(B) of the Adoption Agreement.

                  e.       For purposes of this Section 4.6, Employer shall mean
                           the Employer that adopts this Plan, and all members
                           of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in
                           Section 414(b) of the Code as modified by Section
                           415(h)), all commonly

                                       21
<PAGE>

                           controlled trades or businesses (as defined in
                           Section 414(c) of the Code as modified by Section
                           415(h)) or affiliated service groups (as defined in
                           Section 414(m) of the Code) of which the adopting
                           Employer is a part, and any other entity required to
                           be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to
                           Regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code.

                                       22
<PAGE>

                        ARTICLE V: EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS

5.1 VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS NOT PERMITTED: The Plan will not accept any
nondeductible Employee contributions for Plan Years beginning after the Plan
Year in which this Plan is adopted by the Employer. Employee Contributions for
Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1986, together with any Matching
Contributions as defined in Section 401(m). If this Plan is a replacement for
any prior plan which permitted voluntary Employee contributions, the following
provisions apply:

         a.       Employee contributions and earnings thereon will be
                  nonforfeitable at all times.

         b.       The Plan will not accept Deductible Employee Contributions
                  which are made for a taxable year beginning after December 31,
                  1986. Deductible Employee Contributions made for taxable years
                  beginning before January 1, 1987, will be maintained in a
                  separate subaccount which will be nonforfeitable at all times.
                  This Subaccount will share in gains and losses under the Plan
                  in the same manner as described in Article VII of the Plan. No
                  part of the Deductible Employee Contribution Subaccount will
                  be used to purchase life insurance. Subject to Section 10.4
                  (if applicable), the Participant may withdraw any part of his
                  Deductible Employee Contribution Subaccount by making a
                  written application to the Plan Administrator.

5.2 ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS: If the Employer has elected to permit Rollover
Contributions under Item 8(A) of the Adoption Agreement, an Employee may request
that the Trustee or Custodian accept cash or other property representing his
interest in another qualified retirement plan, including a plan previously
maintained by this Employer. This cash or property may be received from the
Employee no later than 60 days after he has received a qualifying rollover
distribution, as defined in Section 402(a)(5)(D) of the Code. The Employee's
interest in this cash or other property received shall be fully vested and
nonforfeitable. No cash or other property will be accepted by this Plan which is
attributable to deductible or nondeductible voluntary contributions of the
Employee or contributions to an Individual Retirement Account or Individual
Retirement Annuity. Any assets received by the Trustee or Custodian in
accordance with this Section shall be recorded in a separate subaccount on this
Accrued Benefit from Employer's contributions. However, the Trustee or
Investment Director, either upon the Employee's request or on its own
initiative, may require that such assets be segregated and invested in another
manner. This Subaccount shall be distributable at the same time and in the same
manner as are the other funds of this Plan.

5.3 TRANSFERRED CONTRIBUTIONS: If the Employer has elected to permit this Plan
to receive funds transferred from other qualified plans according to Item 8(B)
of the Adoption Agreement, an Employee may request to transfer to the Trust or
Custodial Account cash or other property representing this interest in another
qualified retirement plan, including a plan previously maintained by this
Employer. No cash or other property will be accepted by this Plan which is
attributable to deductible voluntary contributions of the Employee or
contributions to an Individual Retirement Account or Individual Retirement
Annuity. This cash or property shall be received directly from the other
qualified plan in a trustee-to-Trustee, custodian-to Trustee, or Custodian to
Custodian transfer. The Employee's interest in this cash or other property
transferred to the Trustee or Custodian shall be fully vested and
nonforfeitable. Any assets received by the Trustee or Custodian in accordance
with this Section shall be recorded in a separate subaccount on the books of
this Plan and shall be invested in the same manner as a Participant's Accrued
Benefit from Employer's contributions. However, the Trustee or Investment
Director, either upon the Employee's request or on its own initiative, may
require that such assets be segregated and invested in another manner. This
Subaccount shall be distributable at the same time and in the same form as are
other funds of this Plan, except that distribution of any funds from this
Subaccount which were subject to requirements similar to Section 10.4 of this
Plan (without regard to Section 10.4(e)) shall be distributed only in accordance
with Section 10.4.

                                       23
<PAGE>

                         ARTICLE VI: 401(K) ARRANGEMENT

         If, and only if, the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to
include a 401(k) Arrangement, the provisions of this Article VI shall be
operative and shall take precedence over any conflicting provisions in this
Plan. All ratios and percentages referenced in this Article VI shall be
calculated to the nearest hundredth.

6.1 DEFINITIONS: The following terms shall have the meanings specified when
initially capitalized and used throughout this Article VI and the Adoption
Agreement.

         a.       ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE (ADP) means, for a specified group
                  of Participants for a Plan Year, the average of the ratios
                  (calculated separately for each Participant in such group) of
                  (1) the amount of certain Employer contributions actually paid
                  over to the Trust or Custodial Account on behalf of such
                  Participant for the Plan Year, or (2) the Participant's Plan
                  Compensation for such Plan Year (whether or not the Employee
                  was a Participant for the entire Plan Year). For purposes of
                  the ADP, Employer contributions on behalf of any Participant
                  shall include: (A) any elective Deferrals made pursuant to the
                  Participant's deferral election of Section 6.3, including
                  Excess Elective Deferrals of Highly-compensation Employees,
                  but excluding (i) Excess Elective Deferrals of
                  Nonhighly-compensated Employees that arise solely from
                  Elective Deferrals made under the plan or plans of this
                  Employer, and (ii) elective Deferrals that are taken into
                  account in the Contribution Percentage test (provided the ADP
                  test is satisfied both with and without exclusion of these
                  Elective Deferrals); and (B) at the election of the Employer,
                  Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching
                  Contributions. For purposes of computing Actual Deferral
                  Percentages, an Employee who would be a Participant but for
                  the failure to make Elective Deferrals shall be treated as a
                  Participant on whose behalf no Elective Deferrals are made.

         b.       AGGREGATE LIMIT means the sum of (1) 125 percent of the
                  greater of the ADP of the Participants who are
                  Nonhighly-compensated Employees for the Plan Year or the ADP
                  of the Participants who are Nonhighly-compensated Employees
                  under the Plan subject to Code Section 401(m) for the Plan
                  Year beginning with or within the Plan Year of the 401(k)
                  Arrangement, and (2) the lesser of 200% or two plus the lesser
                  of such ADP or ACP. "Lesser" is substituted for "greater" in
                  (1) above, and " greater" is substituted for "lesser" after
                  "two plus the" in (2) if it would result in a larger Aggregate
                  Limit.

         c.       AVERAGE CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE (ACP) means the average of the
                  Contribution Percentages of the Eligible Participants in a
                  group.

         d.       CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE means the ratio (expressed as a
                  percentage) of the Participant's Contribution Percentage
                  Amounts to the Participant's Plan Compensation for the Plan
                  Year (whether or not the Employee was a Participant for the
                  entire Plan Year).

         e.       CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE AMOUNT means the sum of the Matching
                  Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions (to the
                  extent not taken into Account for purposes of the ADP test)
                  made under the Plan on behalf of the Participant for the Plan
                  Year. Such Contribution Percentage Amounts shall not include
                  Matching Contributions that are forfeited either to correct
                  Excess Aggregate Contributions or because the Contributions to
                  which they related are Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions,
                  or Excess Aggregate Contributions in the Contribution
                  Percentage Amounts. The Employer also may elect to use
                  Elective Deferrals in the Contribution Percentage Amounts so
                  long as the ADP test of Section 6.3(d) is met before the
                  Elective Deferrals are used in the ACP test of Section 6.4(b),
                  and the ADP test continues to be met following the exclusion
                  of those Elective Deferrals that are used to meet the ACP
                  test.

                                       24
<PAGE>

         f.       ELECTIVE DEFERRAL means any Employer contribution made to the
                  Plan at the election of the Participant, in lieu of cash
                  compensation, and shall include contributions made pursuant to
                  a salary reduction agreement or other deferral mechanism. With
                  respect to any taxable year, a Participant's Elective Deferral
                  is the sum of all Employer contributions made on behalf of
                  such Participant pursuant to any of the following: an election
                  to defer under any qualified cash or deferred arrangement
                  ("CODA") as described in Section 401(k) of the Code; any
                  simplified employee pension cash or deferred arrangement as
                  described in Section 402(h)(1)(B) of the Code, any eligible
                  deferred compensation plan under Section 457 of the Code; any
                  plan as described under Section 501(c)(18); or the purchase of
                  an annuity contract under Section 403(b) of the Code pursuant
                  to a salary reduction agreement. Elective Deferrals shall not
                  include any deferrals property distributed as excess Annual
                  Additions.

         g.       ELIGIBLE PARTICIPANT means any Employee who is eligible to
                  make an Elective Deferral (if the Employer takes such
                  contributions into account in the calculation of the
                  Contribution Percentage), or to receive a Matching
                  Contribution (including forfeitures) or a Qualified Matching
                  Contribution.

         h.       EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTION means, with respect to any Plan
                  Year, the excess of:

                  1.       The aggregate Contribution Percentage Amounts taken
                           into account in computing the numerator of the
                           Contribution Percentage actually made on behalf of
                           Highly-compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over

                  2.       The maximum Contribution Percentage Amounts permitted
                           by the ACP test of Section 6.4(b) (determined by
                           reducing contributions made on behalf of
                           Highly-compensated Employees in order of their
                           Contribution Percentages beginning with the highest
                           of such percentages). The determination of Excess
                           Aggregate Contributions shall be made after first
                           determining Excess Elective Deferrals and then
                           determining Excess Contributions.

         i.       EXCESS CONTRIBUTION means, with respect to any Plan Year, the
                  excess of:

                  1.       The aggregate amount of Employer contributions
                           actually taken into account in computing the ADP of
                           Highly-compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over

                  2.       The maximum amount of such contributions permitted by
                           the ADP test of Section 6.3(e) (determined by
                           reducing contributions made on behalf of
                           Highly-compensated Employees in order of the ADPs,
                           beginning with the highest of such percentages).
                           Excess Contributions shall be treated as Annual
                           Additions under the Plan.

         j.       EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS means those Elective Deferrals that
                  are includible in a Participant's gross income under Section
                  402(g) of the Code to the extent such Participant's Elective
                  Deferrals for a taxable year exceed the dollar limitation
                  under Section 402(g). Excess Elective Deferrals shall be
                  treated as Annual Additions under the Plan, unless such
                  amounts are distributed no later than the first April 15
                  following the close of the Participant's taxable year.

                                       25
<PAGE>

         k.       401(K) PARTICIPANT means a Participant who satisfies the
                  requirements of Section 6.2, and who makes the compensation
                  reduction election of Section 6.3

         l.       MATCHING CONTRIBUTION means an Employer contribution made to
                  this or any other defined contribution plan on behalf of a
                  Participant on account of an Employee contribution made by
                  such Participant, or on account of a Participant's Elective
                  Deferral under a plan maintained by the employer.

         m.       QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS means Matching Contributions
                  which are subject to the distribution and nonforfeitability
                  requirements under Section 401(k) of the Code.

         n.       QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS means contributions (other
                  than Matching Contributions or Qualified Matching
                  Contributions) made by the Employer and allocated to
                  Participant's Accounts that the Participants may not elect to
                  receive in cash until distributed from the Plan; that are
                  nonforfeitable; and that are distributable only in accordance
                  with the distribution provisions that are applicable to
                  Elective Deferrals and Qualified Matching Contributions.

6.2 PARTICIPATION: Each Employee who, either on or after the Effective Date,
elects the Eligibility requirements for this 401(k) Arrangement (as selected by
the Employer in Item 5(B) of the Adoption Agreement) shall be entitled to make
the election provided in Section 6.3.

6.3      ELECTIVE DEFERRALS:

         a.       COMPENSATION REDUCTION ELECTION. An Employee who is eligible
                  to become a 401(k) Participant may elect to either (1) receive
                  his full Plan Compensation directly in cash; or (2) reduce his
                  Plan Compensation and have the Employer make corresponding
                  payments as contributions to the Plan on the 401(k)
                  Participant's behalf in accordance with his compensation
                  reduction election. Any such election must be filed with the
                  Plan Administrator before the Participation Date on which it
                  is to be effective, or such other dates as designated by the
                  Plan Administrator, and will become effective as soon as
                  administratively feasible following the date it is so filed. A
                  401(k) Participant may modify or revoke his election at any
                  time, provided that any such change will become effective only
                  when filed with the Plan Administrator. Any election filed by
                  a 401(k) Participant under this Section will remain in effect
                  until it is modified or revoked by the 401(k) Participant.

         b.       ELECTIVE DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS. For each 401(k) Participant
                  who has filed the Compensation reduction election of Section
                  6.3(a), the Employer shall contribute to the Plan an amount
                  equal to the amount by which the Participant's Plan
                  Compensation is reduced. The Employer shall contribute these
                  Elective Deferral amounts to the Plan within 30 days after
                  each time the 401(k) Participant receives any payment of
                  reduced Plan Compensation.

         c.       LIMITATION ON ELECTIVE DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS. No Participant
                  shall be permitted to have Elective Deferrals made under this
                  Plan, or any other qualified plan maintained by the Employer,
                  during any taxable year, which exceed the dollar limitation of
                  Section 402(g) of the Code in effect at the beginning of such
                  taxable year.

                                       26
<PAGE>

         d.       DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS DEFERRALS. A Participant may assign to
                  this Plan any Excess Elective Deferral he has made during his
                  taxable year to this or any other plan maintained by the
                  Employer. To make this assignment, the Participant shall so
                  notify the Plan Administrator on or before the date specified
                  in the Adoption Agreement of the amount of the Excess Elective
                  Deferrals to be assigned to this Plan. A Participant is deemed
                  to notify the Plan Administrator of any Excess Elective
                  Deferrals that arise by taking into account only those
                  Elective Deferrals made to this Plan and any other plans of
                  this Employer. Notwithstanding any other provision of the
                  Plan, Excess Elective Deferrals, plus any income and minus any
                  loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed no later than
                  April 15 to any Participant to whose Account Excess Elective
                  Deferrals were assigned for the preceding year and who claims
                  Excess Elective Deferrals for such taxable year. Excess
                  Elective Deferrals shall be adjusted for any income or loss up
                  to the date of distribution. The income or loss allocable to
                  Excess Elective Deferrals is the sum of:

                  1.       Income or loss allocable to the Participant's
                           Elective Deferral Subaccount for the taxable year
                           multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is
                           such Participant's Excess Elective Deferrals for the
                           year and the denominator is the Participant's Account
                           balance attributable to Elective Deferrals without
                           regard to any income or loss occurring during such
                           taxable year; and

                  2.       Ten percent of the amount determined under (1)
                           multiplied by the number of whole calendar months
                           between the end of the Participant's taxable year and
                           the date of distribution, counting the month of
                           distribution if distribution occurs after the 15th
                           day of such month.

         e.       ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TEST.

                  1.       The Actual Deferral Percentage ("ADP") for
                           Participants who are Highly-compensated Employees for
                           each Plan Year and the ADP for Participants who are
                           Nonhighly-compensated Employees for the same Plan
                           Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

                           A.       The ADP for Participants who are
                                    Highly-compensated Employees for the Plan
                                    Year shall not exceed the ADP for
                                    Participants who are Nonhighly-compensated
                                    Employees for the same Plan Year multiplied
                                    by 1.25; or

                           B.       The ADP for Participants who are
                                    Highly-compensated Employees for the Plan
                                    Year shall not exceed the ADP for
                                    Participants who are Nonhighly-compensated
                                    Employees for the same Plan Year multiplied
                                    by two, provided that the ADP for
                                    Participants who are Highly-compensated
                                    Employees does not exceed the ADP for
                                    Participants who are Nonhighly-compensated
                                    Employees by more than two percentage
                                    points.

                  2.       The ADP for any Participant who is a
                           Highly-compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who
                           is eligible to have Elective Deferrals (and Qualified
                           Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching
                           Contributions, or both, if treated as Elective
                           Deferrals for purposes of the ADP test) allocated to
                           his accounts under two or more arrangements described
                           in Section 401(k) of the Code that are maintained by
                           the Employer, shall be determined as if such Elective
                           Deferrals (and, if applicable, such Qualified
                           Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching
                           Contributions, or both) were made under a single
                           arrangement. If a Highly-

                                       27
<PAGE>

                           compensated Employee participates in two or more cash
                           or deferred arrangements that have different plan
                           years, all cash or deferred arrangements ending with
                           or within the same calendar year shall be treated as
                           a single arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
                           certain plans shall be treated as separate if
                           mandatorily disaggregated under Regulations under
                           Section 401(k0 of the Code.

                  3.       In the event that this Plan satisfies the
                           requirements of Sections 401(k), 401(a)(4), or 410(b)
                           of the Code only if aggregated with one or more other
                           plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the
                           requirements of such Sections of the Code only if
                           aggregated with this Plan, then this Section shall be
                           applied by determining the ADP of the Employees as if
                           all such plans were a single plan. For plan years
                           beginning after December 31, 1989, plans may be
                           aggregated in order to satisfy Section 401(k) of the
                           Code only if they have the same plan year.

                  4.       For purposes of determining the ADP of a Participant
                           who is a five-percent owner or one of the ten most
                           highly-paid Highly-compensated Employees, the
                           Elective Deferrals (and Qualified Nonelective
                           Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions or
                           both, if treated as Executive Deferrals for purposes
                           of the ADP test) and Plan Compensation of such
                           Participant shall include the Elective Deferrals
                           (and, if applicable, Qualified Nonelective
                           Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions,
                           or both) and Plan Compensation for the Plan Year of
                           Family Members (as defined in Section 414(q)(6) of
                           the Code). Family Members, with respect to such
                           Highly-compensated Employees, shall be disregarded as
                           separate Employees in determining the ADP both for
                           Participants who are Nonhighly-compensated Employees
                           and for Participants who are Highly-compensated
                           Employees.

                  5.       For purposes of determining the ADP test, Elective
                           Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective Contributions and
                           Qualified Matching Contributions must be made before
                           the last day of the 12-month period immediately
                           following the Plan Year to which contributions
                           relate.

                  6.       The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to
                           demonstrate satisfaction of the ADP test and the
                           amount of Qualified Nonelective Contributions or
                           Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, used in
                           such test.

                  7.       The determination and treatment of the ADP amounts of
                           any Participant shall satisfy such other requirements
                           as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the
                           Treasury.

         f.       DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS. Notwithstanding any
                  other provision of the Plan, Excess Contributions, plus any
                  income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be
                  distributed no later than the last day of each Plan Year to
                  Participants to whose accounts such Excess Contributions are
                  allocated for the preceding Plan Year. If such Excess
                  Contributions are distributed more than two and one-half
                  months after the last day of the Plan Year in which they
                  arose, a ten percent excise tax will be imposed on the
                  Employer maintaining the Plan with respect to such amounts.
                  Such distributions shall be made to Highly-compensated
                  Employees on the basis of the respective portions of the
                  Excess Contributions attributable to each of such Employees.
                  Excess Contributions of Participants who are subject to the
                  Family Member aggregation rules of Section 414(q)(6) of the
                  Code shall be allocated among the Family Members in proportion
                  to the Elective Deferrals (and amounts treated as Elective
                  Deferrals) of each Family Member that is combined to determine
                  the combined ADP.

                                       28
<PAGE>
                  Excess Contributions shall be treated as Annual Additions
                  under the Plan.

                  Excess Contributions shall be adjusted for any income or loss
                  up to the date of distribution. The income or loss allocable
                  to Excess Contributions is the sum of: (1) income or loss
                  allocable to the participant's Elective Deferral Subaccount
                  (and, if applicable, the Qualified Nonelective Contribution
                  Subaccount or the Qualified Matching Contribution Subaccount,
                  or both) for the Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the
                  numerator of which is such Participant's Excess Contributions
                  for the year and the denominator is the Participant's Account
                  balance attributable to Elective Deferrals (and Qualified
                  Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions,
                  or both, if any of such contributions are included in the ADP
                  test) without regard to any income or loss occurring during
                  such Plan Year; and (2) ten percent of the amount determined
                  under (1) multiplied by the number of whole calendar months
                  between the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution,
                  counting the month of distribution if distribution occurs
                  after the 15th day of such months. Excess Contributions shall
                  be distributed from the Participant's Elective Deferral
                  Subaccount and Qualified Matching Contribution Subaccount (if
                  applicable) in proportion to the Participant's Elective
                  Deferrals and Qualified Matching Contributions (to the extend
                  used in the ADP test) for the Plan Year. Excess Contributions
                  shall be distributed from the Plan Year. Excess Contributions
                  shall be distributed from the Participant's Qualified
                  Nonelective Contribution Subaccount only to the extent that
                  such Excess Contributions exceed the balance in the
                  Participant's Elective Deferral Subaccount and Qualified
                  Matching Contribution Subaccount.

6.4 MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS; QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. If elected in Item
6(A)(ii)(a) and Item 6(A)(ii)(b) of the Adoption Agreement, the employer will
make Matching Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions. These Matching
Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions (or both) may either be
discretionary contributions or required contributions, depending on the election
of the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.

If the Employer has elected to make Matching Contributions in the Adoption
Agreement, and if the Employer actually makes Matching Contributions, the
Employer shall make such Matching Contributions and Qualified Matching
Contributions to the Participants which the Employer has designed in Item
6(A)(ii)(a)(2) and Item 6(A)(ii)(b)(3) of the Adoption Agreement.

         a.       FORFEITURES AND VESTING OF MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. Matching
                  Contributions shall be vested according to the Employer's
                  election in the Adoption Agreement. Matching Contributions
                  shall be fully vested at Normal Retirement Age, upon the
                  complete or partial termination of this Plan, or upon the
                  complete discontinuance of Employer contributions. Forfeitures
                  of Matching Contributions, other than Excess Aggregate
                  Contributions, shall be made in accordance with Section 4.4.

         b.       LIMITATION ON MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.

                  1.       The Average Contribution Percentage (ACP) for
                           Participants who are Highly-compensated Employees for
                           each Plan Year and the ACP for Participants who are
                           Nonhighly-compensated Employees for the same Plan
                           Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

                                       29
<PAGE>

                           A.       The ACP for Participants who are
                                    Highly-compensated Employees for the Plan
                                    Year shall not exceed the ACP for
                                    Participants who are Nonhighly-compensated
                                    Employees for the same Plan Year multiplied
                                    by 1.25; or

                           B.       The ACP for Participants who are
                                    Highly-compensated Employees for the Plan
                                    Year shall not exceed the ACP for
                                    Participants who are Nonhighly-compensated
                                    Employees for the same Plan Year multiplied
                                    by two, provided that the ACP for
                                    Participants who are Highly-compensated
                                    Employees does not exceed the ACP for
                                    Participants who are Nonhighly-compensated
                                    Employees by more than two percentage
                                    points.

                  2.       MULTIPLE USE. If one or more Participants who are
                           Highly-compensated Employees participate in both a
                           401(k) Arrangement and a plan subject to the ACP test
                           maintained by the Employer and the sum of the ADP and
                           ACP of those Highly-compensated Employees subject to
                           either or both tests exceeds the Aggregate Limit,
                           then the ACP of those Participants who are
                           Highly-compensated Employees and who also participate
                           in the 401(k) Arrangement will be reduced (beginning
                           with such Highly-compensated Employee whose ACP is
                           the highest) so that the limit is not exceeded. The
                           amount by which each Highly-compensated Employees'
                           Contribution Percentage Amount is reduced shall be
                           treated as an Excess Aggregate Contribution. The ADP
                           and ACP of the Highly-compensated Employees are
                           determined after any corrections required to meet the
                           ADP and ACP tests. Multiple use does not occur if
                           both the ADP and ACP of the Highly-compensated
                           Employees does not exceed 1.25 multiplied by the ADP
                           and ACP of the Nonhighly-compensated Employees.

                  3.       For purposes of this Section 6.4(b), the Contribution
                           Percentage of any Participant who is a
                           Highly-compensated Employee and who is eligible to
                           have Contribution Percentage Amounts allocated to his
                           account under two or more plans described in Section
                           401(a) of the Code, or agreements described in
                           Section 401(k) of the Code, that are maintained by
                           the Employer, shall be determined as if the total of
                           such Contribution Percentage Amounts was made under
                           each plan. If a Highly-compensated Employee
                           participates in two or more cash or deferred
                           arrangements that have different plan years, all cash
                           or deferred arrangements ending with or within the
                           same calendar year shall be treated as a single
                           arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain
                           plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily
                           disaggregated under Regulations under Section 401(m)
                           of the Code.

                  4.       In the event that this Plan satisfied the
                           requirements of Sections 401(m), 401(a)(4) or 410(b)
                           of the Code only if aggregated with one or more other
                           plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the
                           requirements of such Sections of the Code only if
                           aggregated with this Plan, then this Section 6.4(b)
                           shall be applied by determining the Contribution
                           Percentage of participants as if all such plans were
                           a single plan. For Plan Years beginning after
                           December 31, 1989, plans may be aggregated in order
                           to satisfy Section 401(m) of the Code only if they
                           have the same plan year.

                  5.       For purposes of determining the Contribution
                           Percentage of a Participant who is a five-percent
                           owner or one of the ten most highly-paid
                           Highly-compensated Employees, the Contribution
                           Percentage Amounts and Plan Compensation of such
                           participant shall include the Contribution Percentage
                           Amounts and Plan Compensation for the Plan Year of
                           Family members (as defined in Section 414(g)(6) of
                           the Code). Family Members, with respect to
                           Highly-compensated

                                       30
<PAGE>

                           Employees, shall be disregarded as separate employees
                           in determining the Contribution Percentage both for
                           participants who are Nonhighly-compensated Employees
                           and for Participants who are Highly-compensated
                           Employees.

                  6.       For purposes of determining the Contribution
                           Percentage test of Section 6.4(b)(1), Matching
                           Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions
                           will be considered made for a Plan Year if made no
                           later than the end of the 12-month period beginning
                           on the day after the close of the Plan Year.

                  7.       The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to
                           demonstrate satisfaction of the ACP test and the
                           amount of Qualified Nonelective Contributions or
                           Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, used in
                           such test.

                  8.       The determination and treatment of the Contribution
                           Percentage of any Participant shall satisfy such
                           other requirements as may be prescribed by the
                           Secretary of the Treasury.

         c.       DISTRIBUTION OR FORFEITURE OF EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS.

                  1.       Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan,
                           Excess Aggregate Contributions, plus any income and
                           minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited,
                           if forfeitable, or, if not forfeitable, distributed
                           no later than the last day of each Plan Year to
                           Participates to whose Accounts such Excess Aggregate
                           Contributions were allocated for the preceding Plan
                           Year. Excess Aggregate Contributions of Participants
                           who are subject to the Family Member aggregation
                           rules of Section 414(q)(6) of the Code shall be
                           allocated among the Family Members in proportion to
                           the Matching Contributions (or amounts treated as
                           matching Contributions) of each Family Member that is
                           combined to determine the combined ACP. If such
                           Excess Aggregate Contributions are distributed more
                           than two and one-half months after the last day of
                           the Plan Year in which such excess amounts arose, a
                           ten percent excise tax will be imposed on the
                           Employer maintaining the Plan with respect to those
                           amounts. Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be
                           treated as Annual Additions under the Plan.

                  2.       DETERMINATION OF INCOME OR LOSS. Excess Aggregate
                           Contributions shall be adjusted for any income or
                           loss up to the date of distribution. The income or
                           loss allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions is
                           the sum of: (A) income or loss allocable to the
                           Participant's Employee Contribution Subaccount,
                           Matching Contribution Subaccount, Qualified Matching
                           Contribution Subaccount (if any, and if all amounts
                           therein are not used in the ADP test) and, if
                           applicable, Qualified Nonelective Contribution
                           Subaccount and Elective Deferral Subaccount for the
                           Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of
                           which is such Participant's Excess Aggregate
                           Contributions for the year and the denominator of
                           which is the Participant's Account balance
                           attributable to Contribution Percentage Amounts
                           without regard to any income or loss occurring during
                           such Plan Year; and (B) ten percent of the amount
                           determined under (A) multiplied by the number of
                           whole calendar months between the end of the Plan
                           Year and the date of distribution, counting the month
                           of distribution if distribution occurs after the 15th
                           day of such month.

                                       31
<PAGE>

                  3.       FORFEITURES OF EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS.
                           Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions may
                           either be reallocated to the Accounts of
                           Nonhighly-compensated Employees or applied to reduce
                           Employer contributions, as elected by the Employer in
                           Item 6(A) of the Adoption Agreement.

                  4.       ACCOUNTING FOR EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS. Excess
                           Aggregate Contributions shall be forfeited, if
                           forfeitable, or distributed on a pro rata basis form
                           the Participant's Matching Contribution Subaccount
                           and Qualified Matching Contribution Subaccount (and,
                           if applicable, the Participant's Qualified
                           Nonelective Contribution Subaccount or Elective
                           Deferral Subaccount, or both).

6.5 QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS: The Employer may elect to make
Qualified Nonelective Contributions under the Plan on behalf of Participants as
provided in the Adoption Agreement. In addition, in lieu of distributing Excess
Contributions as provided in Section 6.3(f) or Excess Aggregate Contributions as
provided in Section 6.4(c), and to the extent elected by the Employer in the
Adoption Agreement, the Employer may make Qualified Nonelective Contributions on
behalf of Participants who are Nonhighly-compensated Employees that are
sufficient to satisfy either the Actual Deferral Percentage test or the Average
Contribution Percentage test, or both, pursuant to the Code.

6.6 NONFORFEITABILITY OF CERTAIN SUBACCOUNTS: The Participant's Accrued Benefit
derived from Elective Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, and
Qualified Matching Contributions is nonforfeitable. Separate Subaccounts for
Elective Deferrals, Matching Contributions, qualified Nonelective Contributions,
and Qualified Matching Contributions will be maintained according to the
provisions of Article VII for each Participant. Each Subaccount will be credited
with the applicable contributions and earnings thereon.

6.7.     DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS:

         a.       Elective Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, and
                  Qualified Matching Contributions, and income allocable to
                  each, are not distributable to a Participant or to his
                  Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, in accordance with such
                  Participant's or Beneficiary's election, earlier than upon
                  separation from service, death, or disability, except as
                  provided by the Employer in Item 6(A) of the Adoption
                  Agreement.

         b.       All distributions are subject to the Spousal and Participant
                  consent requirements (if applicable) contained in Sections
                  411(a)(11) and 417 of the Code, and in Article X of this Plan.
                  In addition, distributions after March 31, 1988, that
                  re-triggered by any of the last three events described in Item
                  6(A)(ii)(g) of the Adoption Agreement must be made in a single
                  sum.

6.8      HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION:

         a.       If so elected by the Employer in Item 6(A) of the Adoption
                  Agreement, distribution of Elective Deferrals (and any
                  earnings credited to a Participant's Account as of the end of
                  the last Plan Year ending before July 1, 1989) may be made to
                  a 401 (k) Participant in the event of Hardship. For purposes
                  of this Section 6.8, Hardship is defined as an immediate and
                  heavy financial need of the Participant (as defined in Section
                  6.8(d)) where such Participant lacks other available resources
                  (pursuant to Section 6.8(e)). hardship distributions are
                  subject to Spousal consent requirements (if applicable)
                  contained in Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code and
                  Article X of this Plan.

                                       32
<PAGE>

         b.       Employer contributions pursuant to Section 6.3 (Elective
                  Deferrals) for a 401(k) Participant who receives a hardship
                  distribution from this Plan will be suspended for 12 months
                  after the receipt of the distribution.

         c.       If a 401(k) Participant elects to resume Elective Deferrals
                  after the suspension period of paragraph (b) of this section,
                  then for the 401(k) Participant's taxable year immediately
                  following the taxable year of the hardship distribution, the
                  401(k) Participant may not make Elective Deferrals in excess
                  of:

                  1.       the applicable limit under Section 402(g) of the Code
                           for that taxable year, less

                  2.       the amount of the 401(k) Participant's Elective
                           Deferrals for the taxable year of the Hardship
                           distribution.

         d.       The following are the only financial needs considered to be
                  immediate and heavy:

                  1.       Expenses incurred or necessary for medical care,
                           described in Section 213(d) of the Code, of the
                           401(k) Participant, or of the 401(k) Participant's
                           Spouse, children, or dependents;

                  2.       The purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a
                           principal residence for the 401(k) Participant;

                  3.       Payment of tuition and related educational fees for
                           the next 12 months of post-secondary education for
                           the 401(k) Participant, or for the 401(k)
                           Participant's Spouse, children or dependents; or

                  4.       The need to prevent the eviction of the 401(k)
                           Participant from, or a foreclosure on the mortgage
                           of, the 401(k) Participant's principal residence.

         e.       A distribution will be considered as necessary to satisfy an
                  immediate and heavy financial need of the 401(k) Participant
                  only if:

                  1.       The 401(k) Participant has obtained all
                           distributions, (other than Hardship distributions)
                           and all nontaxable loans under all plans maintained
                           by the Employer;

                  2.       All plans maintained by the Employer provide that the
                           401(k) Participant's Elective Deferrals (and any
                           Employee contributions) will be suspended for 12
                           months after the receipt of the hardship
                           distribution;

                  3.       The distribution is not in excess of the amount of an
                           immediate and heavy financial need (including amounts
                           necessary to pay any federal, state, or local income
                           taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result
                           from the distribution); and

                  4.       All plans maintained by the Employer provide that the
                           401(k) Participant may not make Elective Deferrals
                           for the 401(k) Participant's taxable year immediately
                           following the taxable year of the hardship
                           distribution in excess of:

                           A.       the applicable limit under Section 402(g) of
                                    the Code for such taxable year, less

                                       33
<PAGE>

                           B.       the amount of such 401(k) Participant's
                                    Elective Deferrals for the taxable year of
                                    the Hardship distribution.

6.9 TOP-HEAVY REQUIREMENTS: Neither Elective Deferrals nor Matching
Contributions may be taken into account for the purpose of satisfying any
minimum allocation required under Article XII.

                                       34
<PAGE>

                       ARTICLE VII: ACCOUNTS AND VALUATION

7.1 ESTABLISHMENT OF ACCOUNTS: The Trustee or Custodian shall establish and
maintain a separate Account of the benefit of each Participant. Each Plan Year
the Trustee or Custodian shall credit each Participant's Account with the
Participant's share of any Employer contribution as determined under Articles IV
and VI. In addition, the Trustee or Custodian shall credit each Participant's
Account with the Participant's share of any earnings or losses in accordance
with Section 7.3 or any forfeiture in accordance with Section 4.4.

7.2 ESTABLISHMENT OF SUBACCOUNTS: Under Section 5.2 of this Plan, if so
permitted according to the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may roll over
assets from another qualified plan to this Plan. Under Section 5.3, if so
permitted according to the Adoption Agreement, a Participant may directly
transfer assets from another qualified plan to this Plan, in a
Trustee-to-Trustee, or Custodian-to-Custodian, or Custodian-to-Trustee transfer.
Under Section 8.2, if so elected by the Employer in Item 9 of the Adoption
Agreement, a Participant who is within five years of the Plan's Normal
Retirement Age may elect to have his Account segregated and invested in the
specified forms of investments. In addition, if the Employer has so elected, or
if this Plan is a restatement of a prior plan or a successor to a prior plan,
the Trust or custodial Account may hold Participant loans under Section 9l8, or
assets attributable to voluntary deductible or nondeductible employee
contributions under Section 5.1, or Elective Deferrals under Article VI. Assets
subject to any of these Sections of the Plan shall be held in subaccounts as
described below.

         a.       ROLLOVER SUBACCOUNT. The Trustee or Custodian shall establish
                  and maintain a subaccount for any amounts rolled over from
                  another qualified plan. Amounts held in a Rollover Subaccount
                  shall be commingled with other assets of the Plan for
                  investment purposes, except as otherwise provided by Sections
                  8.2 or 8.3. This Subaccount will be credited with earnings and
                  losses as provided in Section 7.3. A Participant shall have a
                  fully vested interest in his Rollover Subaccount.

         b.       TRANSFER SUBACCOUNT. The Trustee or Custodian shall establish
                  and maintain a subaccount for any amounts directly transferred
                  from another qualified plan. Amounts held in a Transfer
                  Subaccount shall be commingled with other assets of the Plan
                  for investment purposes, except as otherwise provided by
                  Sections 8.2 or 8.3. This Subaccount will be credited with
                  earnings and losses as provided in Section 7.3. A Participant
                  shall have a fully vested interest in his Transfer Subaccount.

         c.       SEGREGATED SUBACCOUNT. The Trustee or Custodian shall
                  establish and maintain a subaccount for amounts segregated at
                  the request of a Participant who is within five years of the
                  Plan's Normal Retirement Age according to Section 8.2. The
                  Segregated Subaccount shall not be commingled with other Plan
                  Assets for investment purposes. Gains or losses on this
                  Subaccount shall be accounted for separately.

         d.       PARTICIPANT LOAN SUBACCOUNT. If a Participant has any
                  outstanding loans which were made in accordance with the terms
                  of the prior plan, or which are made in accordance with
                  Section 9.8, the Trustee or Custodian shall establish and
                  maintain a subaccount for such outstanding loans. This
                  Participant Loan Subaccount will be credited with any interest
                  paid on any such loans.

         e.       DEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTION SUBACCOUNT. If this Plan is a
                  restatement of a prior plan or a successor to a prior plan,
                  and in accordance with the terms of the prior plan, a
                  Participant

                                       35
<PAGE>

                  had made Deductible Employee Contributions to that prior plan,
                  the Trustee or Custodian shall establish and maintain a
                  subaccount for any amounts attributable to a Deductible
                  Employee Contributions. The amounts in this Subaccount shall
                  be commingled with the other assets of the Plan for investment
                  purposes, except as otherwise provided by Section 8.3. This
                  Subaccount will be credited with earnings and losses as
                  provided in Section 7.3. A Participant shall have a fully
                  vested interest in his Deductible Employee Contribution
                  Subaccount. No further Deductible Employee Contributions shall
                  be permitted under this Plan. In no event shall the Deductible
                  Employee Contribution Subaccount be used to pay for life
                  insurance. The Trustee or Custodian shall separately report
                  the amount paid out of the Deductible Employee Contribution
                  Subaccount from other benefits being distributed under the
                  Plan.

         f.       NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTION SUBACCOUNT. If this Plan
                  is a restatement of a prior plan or a successor to a prior
                  plan, and in accordance with the terms of the prior plan a
                  Participant had made voluntary nondeductible employee
                  contributions to that prior plan, the Trustee or Custodian
                  shall establish and maintain a subaccount for any amounts
                  attributable to those voluntary nondeductible employee
                  contributions. The amounts in this Subaccount shall be
                  commingled with the other assets of the Plan for investment
                  purposes, except as otherwise provided by Section 8.3. This
                  Subaccount will be credited with earnings and losses as
                  provided in Section 7.3. A Participant shall have a fully
                  vested interest in his Qualified Nonelective Contribution
                  Subaccount.

         g.       ELECTIVE DEFERRAL SUBACCOUNT. If this Plan includes a 401(k)
                  Arrangement, the Trustee or Custodian shall establish and
                  maintain a separate subaccount for any amounts attributable to
                  a participant's Elective Deferrals. The amounts in this
                  Subaccount shall be commingled with the other assets of the
                  Plan for investment purposes, except as otherwise provided by
                  Section 8.3. This Subaccount will be credited with earnings
                  and losses as provided in Section 7.3. A Participant shall
                  have a fully vested interest in his Elective Deferral
                  Subaccount.

                                       36
<PAGE>

7.3 VALUATION AND ALLOCATION TO ACCOUNTS: As of each Valuation Date, the Trustee
(or Custodian) shall determine the adjusted net worth of the Trust assets (or
assets held in a Custodial Account.) The adjusted net worth shall be the fair
market value of all assets of the Plan excluding (a) Segregated Subaccounts,
Participant Loan Subaccounts, and any Subaccounts for which the Participant
directs investments, and the net income, gains, and losses attributable thereto;
(b) an amount equal to all contributions made for the current Plan Year; and (c)
the value of all insurance and annuity contracts. The Trustee (or Custodian)
shall allocate to the Account of each participant his proportionate share of the
increase or decrease in the adjusted net worth of the Trust (or Custodial
Account) for the date of the most recent previous valuation. The forfeited
portion of a Participant's Account shall be held and valued as any other
Participant's Account until allocated as provided in Section 4.4. The allocation
of the increase or decrease in the adjusted net worth shall be made in the ratio
that the value of the Participant's Account (after excluding the amounts
described above) on the most recent previous Valuation Date bears to the total
value of all Participants' Accounts (after excluding the amounts described
above) on the same date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Employer has
elected in the Adoption Agreement to include a 401(k) Arrangement, the Trustee
(or Custodian) may allocate the increase or decrease in net worth in a manner
which accounts for the Participant's Elective Deferrals. After the allocation
described in the preceding sentences, the following will be added to each
Participant's Account: (1) the fair market value of assets in any Segregated
Subaccount or Participant Loan Subaccount for such Participant or Beneficiary;
(2) if such valuation is at the end of the Plan Year, such Participant's share
of forfeitures to be allocated for the Plan Year, if any; (3) Employer
contributions to be allocated to such Participant for the Plan Year, if any; (4)
the value of any Subaccounts for which the Participant directs investments; and
(5) the value of any insurance and annuity contracts for such Participant. The
Account balance so determined shall be the Participant's Account balance until
the next Valuation Date. For purposes of valuing Accounts for payment to a
Participant or Beneficiary, the Plan Administrator may selection additional
Valuation Date(s) provided that such date must fall on a regular business day of
the Trustee (or Custodian), and shall be selected and administered in a uniform
and nondiscriminatory manner.

                                       37
<PAGE>

                    ARTICLE VIII: INVESTMENT OF CONTRIBUTIONS

8.1 DIRECTION OF INVESTMENTS: Subject to the following sentences, the Trustee or
Investment Director shall have the specific responsibility to manage and control
the types of investments to be made for the Trust (or custodial Account, if
applicable) in accordance with the provisions of Article XV. If the Employer has
designated a Custodian in addition to a Trustee, the Trustee shall direct the
Custodian with respect to the investment of all funds of the Trust, whether
awaiting investment or held pending distribution. If the Employer has designated
a Custodian, the Custodian shall invest all assets of the Plan in accordance
with instructions received from the Trustee or Investment Director. If
Participant direction of investments is not permitted by the Employer in Item 9
of the Adoption Agreement, each Participant will have a ratable interest in all
assets of the trust (or Custodial Account, if applicable). If the Employer has
elected in Item 9 of the Adoption Agreement, an eligible Participant may
instruction the Custodian or Trustee as to investment of that portion of his
Account which is permitted to be invested as described in Sections 8.2 or 8.3
below.

8.2 SEGREGATION OF ACCOUNTS BEFORE RETIREMENT: If the Employer has elected to
permit segregation of investment before retirement in Item 9 of the Adoption
Agreement, a Participant may, at any time within the period of time elected by
the Employer in Item 9 of the Adoption Agreement preceding his Normal Retirement
Age, instruct the Trustee or Custodian in writing to cause all or any portion of
the amount credited to his account to be invested in any fixed or guaranteed
income form of investment in which the Trustee or Investment Director is
empowered to invest. This includes, but is not limited to, savings accounts and
certificates, treasury bills, bonds and notes, commercial paper, bank
acceptances, and repurchase agreements. The Trustee (or Custodian) shall then
segregate an amount equal to the designated portion of the Participant's written
direction, unless the segregation would require liquidation of Plan investments
in an imprudent manner. If for this reason the Trustee (or Custodian) is unable
to comply with the Participant's request, it shall so notify the Participant.
Subject to Section 7.2, the Trustee or Custodian shall then segregate the
appropriate amount and invest it as directed. All income, gains, and losses on
the segregated amount shall be credited or charged to the Participant's
Segregated Subaccount. If requested in Item 9 of the Adoption Agreement, all
additional costs arising from the segregation and direction of investments by
the Participant shall be paid directly by the Participant. If the Participant
fails to pay these costs, they shall be paid by the Trustee or Custodian from
the participant's Segregated Subaccount. This Subaccount shall be distributed at
the same time and in the same form as are other funds of this Plan.

8.3 PARTICIPANT DIRECTION OF INVESTMENTS: If the Employer so chooses in Item 9
of the Adoption Agreement, a Participant, or his Beneficiary if the participant
has died, may direct the Trustee or Custodian in writing to have all or any
portion of the amount credited or to be credited to his Account as designated in
Item 9 of the Adoption Agreement invested in the manner designated in Item 9 of
the Adoption Agreement. Any portion of a Participant's Account which is not
directed by the Participant shall be commingled with the other assets of the
Trust for Custodial Account, if applicable) for investment purposes.

         a.       TIME AND MANNER OF INVESTMENT DIRECTION. Investment direction
                  shall be made in writing on a form prescribed by the Plan
                  Administrator and delivered to the Trustee or Custodian at the
                  times selected by Employer in Item 9 of the Adoption
                  Agreement. These instructions may be for the purpose of an
                  initial investment or for the Participant to direct the sale
                  or conversion of any asset in his Account, subject to the
                  amounts which may be directed and the time of direction
                  specified in Item 9 of the Adoption Agreement. Upon receipt of
                  written direction from the Participant, the Trustee (or
                  Custodian) shall segregate an amount equal to the portion of
                  the Participant's Accrued Benefit which the Participant
                  chooses to direct, determined as of the most recent previous
                  valuation, subject to the

                                       38
<PAGE>

                  following sentence. If the segregation of a Participant's
                  Account would require liquidation of Plan investments in an
                  imprudent manner, the Trustee or Custodian shall not comply
                  with the Participant's request and it shall so notify the
                  Participant. Investments acquired at the direction of a
                  Participant or Beneficiary shall be segregated by the Trustee
                  (or Custodian) within the Participant's Account and all
                  income, gains, and losses thereon shall be credited or charged
                  to that portion of the Participant's Account. Such investments
                  shall be held by the Trustee (or Custodian) until the earlier
                  of (1) receipt of further directions from the Participant, (2)
                  forfeiture of any portion of the Account balance of the
                  Participant, (3) distribution in accordance with this Plan, or
                  (4) direction from the Plan Administrator to dispose of such
                  investments.

         b.       COST OF INVESTMENT. The cost of the exercise of investment
                  direction by a Participant or Beneficiary will be paid by the
                  Employer or by the Participant or Beneficiary, as specified in
                  Item 9 of the Adoption Agreement.

         c.       SPECIFIED FUNDS. If so provided in Item 9 of the Adoption
                  Agreement, a Participant or Beneficiary may request that the
                  portion of his Account which may be directed as indicated in
                  the Adoption Agreement be invested between and among the funds
                  designated for use in connection with this Plan by the Trustee
                  (or Custodian). Information regarding these funds and any such
                  other funds will be provided to Participants and Beneficiaries
                  in accordance with paragraphs (d) and (e) below.

         d.       INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED TO PARTICIPANTS. The Plan
                  Administrator shall furnish to Participants and Beneficiaries
                  a description of the investment alternatives available under
                  the Plan. Participants and Beneficiaries shall be informed the
                  investment objection of each investment alternative, the risk
                  and return characteristics of each investment alternative, and
                  the type and diversification of assets comprising the
                  portfolio of the investment alternative. In addition, such
                  other information which is provided to the Plan Administrator
                  in connection with investment alternatives offered under this
                  Plan, including but not limited to prospectuses, financial
                  statements and reports, the value of shares or units in
                  specific investment alternatives and the value of shares or
                  units in investment alternatives which are held in the Account
                  of a Participant or Beneficiary, as well as any such other
                  information necessary to provide each Participant or
                  Beneficiary with the ability to make an informed choice with
                  regard to the direction to investment of his Account, shall be
                  provided by the Plan Administrator to Participants and
                  Beneficiaries in a timely fashion as prescribed by Regulations
                  issued under Section 404(c) of the Code. If an investment
                  manager has been appointed, Participants and Beneficiaries
                  shall be informed of the identify of the investment manager.

         e.       RELIEF OF FIDUCIARY LIABILITY. If the Employer elects Item
                  9(B)(iv)(4) and either Item 9(B)(v)(3), (4), or (5) of the
                  Adoption Agreement, this Plan is intended to comply with
                  Section 404 (c) of ERISA by providing Participants and
                  Beneficiaries with the ability to exercise independent control
                  over the assets in their Accounts (or a portion thereof), by
                  providing a broad range of investment alternatives, and by
                  providing frequency of investment direction which comports
                  with the volatility of each investment alternative. If, based
                  on the choices selected by the Employer in the Adoption
                  Agreement, the operation of this Section complies with Section
                  404(c) of ERISA, then the Trustee, the Plan Administrator, and
                  any other fiduciary with respect to this Plan shall not be
                  liable for any loss which results from a direction of
                  investments under this Section by a Participant or
                  Beneficiary.

                                       39
<PAGE>

         f.       PARTICIPANT AT INVESTMENT DIRECTOR. If no Trustee is named,
                  the Participant shall be the Investment Director, subject to
                  the limitations of this Section and Item 9 of the Adoption
                  Agreement. The Participant as Investment Director shall have
                  the powers described in Article XV of the Plan, unless
                  otherwise limited in the Adoption Agreement.

8.4      INSURANCE PROVISIONS:

         a.       PURCHASE OF LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES. If the Employer has so
                  elected in Item 9 of the Adoption Agreement, the Participant
                  may direct the Trustee or Custodian to cause assets of the
                  Plan to be invested in life insurance contracts issued on the
                  Participant's life by a legal reserve life insurance company;
                  provided, that a tall times, the total of all premiums paid
                  shall be less that (1) 50% (in the case of life insurance that
                  provides for both nondecreasing death benefits and
                  nonincreasing premiums, or a cash value) or (2) 25% (in the
                  case of universal life insurance or life insurance that does
                  not provide for a cash value) of the total of all Employer
                  contributions allocated to an individual Participant's
                  Account. If both cash value and noncash value life insurance
                  is purchased, the total of the noncash value premiums plus
                  one-half of the cash value premiums shall not exceed 25% of
                  the total of all Employer contributions allocated to the
                  Participant's Account. On or before a Participant's
                  termination of employment, the Plan Administrator shall direct
                  the Trustee (or Custodian) to distribute or convert all life
                  insurance policies on the Participant's life, or transfer
                  their ownership according to Section 8.4(e), so that no
                  portion of the Trust (or Custodial Account) can be used to
                  provide life insurance for the Participant after his
                  termination of employment.

         b.       APPLICATIONS. Until a Participant executes the application
                  forms required for insurance coverage and furnishes the
                  information required on the forms, he shall not be entitled to
                  life insurance coverage. Until life insurance coverage is in
                  force as defined by the insurer, the total amount to be
                  received by Beneficiaries upon a Participant's death shall not
                  exceed his Accrued Benefit on the day before his death.

         c.       DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY OF INSURANCE. A Participant shall
                  not own, control or be deemed to have any incidents of
                  ownership over any insurance contract on his life purchased by
                  the Trust (or Custodial Account). All rights provided under an
                  insurance contract or permitted by the insurance company shall
                  be reserved to the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) as
                  owner of the contract. The insurance contract must provide
                  that the proceeds will be payable to the Trustee (or
                  Custodian, if applicable), however the Trustee (or Custodian)
                  shall be required to pay over all proceeds of the contract to
                  the Participant's Designated Beneficiary in accordance with
                  the distribution provisions of this Plan. A Participant's
                  Spouse will be the Designated Beneficiary of the proceeds in
                  all circumstances unless a Qualified Election has been made.
                  Under no circumstances shall the Trust (or Custodial Account)
                  retain any part of the proceeds. In the event of any conflict
                  between the terms of the this Plan and terms of any insurance
                  contract purchased hereunder the Plan provisions shall
                  control.

         d.       PAYMENT OF PREMIUMS, ETC. The Trustee (or Custodian, if
                  applicable) shall pay premiums on insurance contracts held by
                  the Trust as they come due. Any dividends or credits earned on
                  insurance contracts will be allocated to the Participant's
                  Account derived from Employer contributions for whose benefit
                  the contract is held. The Trustee may decide at any time not
                  to pay the premium on any contract, in which event the Trustee
                  shall, in its sole discretion, decide what

                                       40
<PAGE>

                  action, if any, is to be taken including surrendering the
                  policy for cash, borrowing against the cash value of the
                  policy to pay the premium, electing paid-up insurance, or
                  electing extended term coverage.

         e.       DISPOSITION OF POLICIES UPON TERMINATION. When the employment
                  of any Participant terminates, or if this Trust terminates,
                  the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee (or Custodian,
                  if applicable) to dispose of any insurance contract on a
                  Participant's life. Subject to the applicable Participant and
                  Spousal consent requirements, the Trustee (or Custodian, if
                  applicable) may dispose of any contract by either (1)
                  surrendering the contract for its cash value, (2) converting
                  the contract to paid-up insurance for the Participant, or (3)
                  electing any option available under the contract for the
                  Participant's benefit. At the Participant's request, a
                  contract on his life may be transferred to him, provided that
                  (A) the Participant's Vested Accrued Benefit is at least equal
                  to its cash value, if any, or (B) a loan on the sole security
                  of the contract is first obtained by the Plan Administrator
                  from the insurer in an amount equal to the excess of the cash
                  value over the insured Participant's Vested Accrued Benefit,
                  or (C) the insured Participant pays to the Trust (or Custodial
                  Account, if applicable) the amount by which the cash value of
                  the contract exceeds the amount of his Vested Accrued Benefit.
                  Any contract providing for deferred payments which is
                  distributed to a Participant upon termination of employment
                  shall be nontransferable by its terms.

         f.       ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS AS TO INSURER. The insurer shall deal
                  with the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) as the sole
                  owner of any insurance contract, and the insurer shall have no
                  obligation to determine whether any action or failure to act
                  by the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) is in accordance
                  with or authorized by the terms of this Plan. The insurer
                  shall be fully discharged from all liability for any action
                  taken or any amount paid in accordance with the directions of
                  the Plan Administrator, Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable)
                  and the insurer shall not be obligated to follow the
                  distribution or application of any amount so paid. Any
                  instrument executed by the Trustee (or Custodian, if
                  applicable) or Plan Administrator shall be accepted by the
                  insurer as the duly authorized act of the Trustee (or
                  Custodian, if applicable) or Plan Administrator.

                                       41
<PAGE>

                   ARTICLE IX: TIME AND AMOUNT OF DISTRIBUTION

9.1 NORMAL RETIREMENT: Upon reaching his Normal Retirement Age, a Participant
shall be entitled to retire and elect payment of his Accrued Benefit in
accordance with Article X. If a Participant is still employed on the day he
reaches Normal Retirement Age, he shall be 100% vested in his Accrued Benefit.

9.2 EARLY RETIREMENT: If Employer has provided for an Early Retirement Benefit
in Item 10(B) of the Adoption Agreement, a Participant who attains the age and
service requirements, if any, specified under that Item shall be entitled to
retire and receive payment of his Accrued Benefit in accordance with Article X.
If Employer has designated a service requirement for Early Retirement in Item
10(B) of the Adoption Agreement, and a Participant separates from employment
after completing the service requirement but before attaining the Early
Retirement Age, such a Participant shall, upon attainment of the Early
Retirement Age, be eligible to elect to receive the Early Retirement Benefit
specified in this Section 9.2. If a Participant is still employed on the day he
is entitled to elect Early Retirement, he shall be 100% vested.

9.3 LATE RETIREMENT: If a Participant continues as an Employee after the day he
reaches Normal Retirement Age, he shall continue to be a Participant and shall
be 100% vested in his Accrued Benefit. He shall be entitled to retire and
receive payment of his Accrued Benefit in accordance with Article X. If elected
by the Employer in Item 10(B) of the Adoption Agreement, a Participant who
attains Normal Retirement Age, but who has not terminated employment, may
receive a distribution of his Accrued Benefit in accordance with Article X.

9.4 DISABILITY RETIREMENT: If Employer has provided for Disability Retirement
under Item 10(B) of the Adoption Agreement, a Participant who (a) becomes
Disabled and (b) terminates employment due to that Disability, shall be 100%
vested in his Accrued Benefit. He shall be entitled to receive payment of his
Accrued Benefit in accordance with Article X.

9.5 DEATH BENEFITS: If a Participant dies while still an Employee, he shall be
100% vested in his Accrued Benefit. His Vested Accrued Benefit shall be paid to
his Beneficiary. Upon the death of a Participant who is no longer an Employee,
and who has not already received his entire Vested Accrued Benefit, the unpaid
portion of his Vested Accrued Benefit shall be paid to his Beneficiary in the
manner designated by the Participant. All benefits under this Section shall be
paid in accordance with Article X of this Plan.

9.6      TERMINATION, RESIGNATION, OR DISCHARGE:

         a.       VESTED BENEFIT AMOUNT. A Participant whose employment
                  terminates and who is not entitled to any other Retirement or
                  Death benefits described in this Article IX shall be entitled
                  to the vested portion of his Accrued Benefit, determined
                  according to the vesting schedule set forth in Item 12(A) of
                  the Adoption Agreement. Such a Participant may request payment
                  according to the time provided by the Employer in Item 10 of
                  the Adoption Agreement. Any portion of a Participant's Account
                  which is not vested at the time his employment terminates
                  shall be forfeited and allocated in accordance with Section
                  4.4. A Participant shall at all times have a fully vested and
                  nonforfeitable interest in the subaccounts representing (a)
                  the rollover or transfer of assets from another qualified plan
                  or (b) the amounts attributable to voluntary deductible or
                  nondeductible employee contributions, elective Deferrals,
                  Qualified Matching Contributions, or Qualified Nonelective
                  Contributions made to this Plan or a prior plan.

                                       42
<PAGE>

         b.       DETERMINING SERVICE FOR VESTING. Except as provided in this
                  Section 9.6(b), the Years of Service with Employer described
                  in Item 12(B) of the Adoption Agreement shall be counted in
                  determining a Participant's Vested Accrued Benefit. However,
                  an Employee shall not accrue House of Service for purposes of
                  vesting while on a Leave of Absence. In the case of a
                  Participant who has five or more consecutive one-year Breaks
                  in Service, all service after such Breaks in Service will be
                  disregarded for the purpose of vesting the Participant's
                  Accrued Benefit that accrued before such Breaks in Service.
                  Such Participant's pre-break service will count in vesting the
                  post-break Accrued Benefit only if either:

                  1.       such Participant has a Vested Accrued Benefit greater
                           than zero at the time of separation from service; or

                  2.       upon returning to service the number of consecutive
                           one-year Breaks in Service is less than the number of
                           Years of Service.

                  Separate account will be maintained for the Participant's
                  pre-break and post-break Accrued Benefits. Both accounts will
                  share in the earnings and losses of the fund. Years of Service
                  and Breaks in Service for purposes of besting shall always be
                  computed on the basis of a 12-month period corresponding to
                  the Plan Year. If the Plan Year is changed, vesting service
                  shall be measured both during the 12-month period
                  corresponding to the Plan Year prior to the change as well as
                  during the 12-month period corresponding to the Plan Year
                  after the change. Hours of Service accrued during the
                  overlapping period shall count for both the 12-month period
                  corresponding to the Plan Year prior to the change and the
                  12-month period corresponding to the Plan Year after the
                  change. If a Participant has 1,000 Hours of Service in each of
                  these periods, he shall be credited with two Years of Service
                  for vesting purposes. If the Employer maintains the plan of a
                  predecessor employer, service with the predecessor employer
                  shall be treated as service with the Employer.

9.7      TIME OF PAYMENT:

         a.       Except as described in Sections 9.3 and subject to the
                  provisions of this Section 9.7, Section 9.9 and Section 9.10,
                  no payment of benefits shall be made to a Participant before
                  he actually terminates employment.

         b.       Unless the Participant elects otherwise, distribution of
                  benefits will begin no later than the 60th day after the
                  latest of the close of the Plan Year in which:

                  1.       the Participant attains the Normal Retirement Age:

                  2.       occurs the 10th anniversary of the year in which the
                           Participant commenced participation in the Plan, or

                  3.       the Participant terminates service with the Employer.

         c.       Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a Participant
                  and Spouse to consent to distribution while a benefit is
                  Immediately Distributable shall be deemed to be an election to
                  defer commencement of payment of any benefit sufficient to
                  satisfy this Section.

         d.       Notwithstanding any Participant election, the entire interest
                  of a Participant must be distributed or begin to be
                  distributed no later than the Participants Required Beginning
                  Date.

                                       43
<PAGE>

9.8 LOANS: If the Employer has elected not to permit borrowing from the Trust in
Item 8(C) of the Adoption Agreement, a Participant shall not be permitted to
borrow from the assets of the Trust under this Plan. However, if this Plan is a
restatement of a prior plan or a successor to a prior plan, and the prior plan
permitted Participant or Beneficiaries to borrow from the plan, any loans that
are outstanding as of the Effective Date shall continue to be treated as
Participant loans. Participants or Beneficiaries who have outstanding loans
shall not borrow additional amounts from the Plan. All outstanding loans shall
be repaid in accordance with their terms and the interest paid on these loans
shall be credited to the Participant Loan Subaccount of the Participant or
Beneficiary who originally borrowed the funds, in accordance with Article VII.
After these outstanding loans are repaid, no new loans shall be permitted.

         If the Employer has chosen in Item 8 (C) of the Adoption Agreement to
permit borrowing from the Trust, the following provisions shall apply:

         a.       IN GENERAL. A Participant or Beneficiary may apply for a loan
                  by making a request to the Plan Administrator in writing.
                  Loans shall be made only on approval of the Plan
                  Administrator, and shall be available to Participants and
                  Beneficiaries on a reasonably equivalent and nondiscriminatory
                  basis. The Plan Administrator shall determine the amount of
                  the loan, the repayment terms, the interest rate, the security
                  required, and all other terms of the loan, and may adopt a
                  written policy with regard to the granting of loans under this
                  Section. No Participant loan shall exceed the limits set forth
                  in Section 9.8(e). A Participant's acceptance of a loan shall
                  constitute an automatic and continuing assignment of his
                  entire Vested Accrued Benefit in this Plan as security for
                  such loan until the loan is repaid in full, with interest.
                  Interest on a loan shall be at approximately the same rate
                  charged for similar loans under similar circumstances by
                  persons in the business of lending money in the county of
                  Employer's principal place of business.

         b.       SPOUSAL CONSENT. A Participant must obtain the consent of his
                  Spouse, if any, for use of the Account balance as security for
                  the loan. Spousal consent shall be obtained no earlier than
                  the beginning of the 90-day period that ends on the date on
                  which the loan is to be secured. The consent must be in
                  writing, must acknowledge the effect of the loan, and must be
                  witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public. Such
                  consent shall thereafter be binding with respect to the
                  consenting Spouse or any subsequent Spouse with respect to
                  that loan. A new consent shall be required if the Account
                  balance is used for renegotiation, extension, renewal, or
                  other revision of the loan. Spousal consent shall not be
                  required for a loan to a Participant from a Profit-Sharing
                  Plan to which Section 10.4(e) applies.

         c.       DEFAULT AND FORECLOSURE. The Plan Administrator may, by
                  written notice, demand accelerated payment of the principal
                  balance and accrued interest of, or deduct from the
                  Participant's Account balance, any loan outstanding from the
                  Trust, if (1) this Plan is terminated, (2) benefits become
                  payable to a Participant or his Beneficiary, or (3) the
                  Participant's employment terminates. In no event shall payment
                  be due prior to 60 days from the date of a Participant's
                  receipt of the Plan Administrator's demand for such payment.
                  If any amount of a loan to a Participant is overdue and
                  unpaid, this shall constitute default, and the Plan
                  Administrator may exercise all legal and equitable rights
                  available to it to collect the entire outstanding principal
                  balance of such loan plus accrued interest, including the
                  right to levy against the Participant's Vested Accrued
                  Benefit. If a valid Spousal consent has been obtained in
                  accordance with Section 9.8(b), then, notwithstanding any
                  other provision of this Plan, the portion of the Participant's
                  Vested Account Balance used as a security interest held by the
                  Plan by reason of a loan outstanding to the Participant shall
                  be taken into account for purposes of determining the amount
                  of the Account balance payable at the time of death or
                  distribution, but only if the reduction is used as repayment

                                       44
<PAGE>

                  of the loan. If less than 100% of the Participant's Vested
                  Account Balance (determined without regard to the preceding
                  sentence) is payable to the Surviving Spouse, then the Account
                  balance shall be adjusted by first reducing the Vested Account
                  Balance by the amount of the benefit payable to the Surviving
                  Spouse.

         d.       SPECIAL LIMITATIONS. No loans will be made to any
                  Shareholder-employee or Owner-employee. For purposes of this
                  requirement, a Shareholder-employee means an employee or
                  officer of an electing small business (Subchapter S)
                  corporation who owns (or is considered as owning within the
                  meaning of Section 318(a)(1) of the Code), on any day during
                  the taxable year of such corporation. Loans shall not be made
                  available to Highly Compensated Employees in amounts greater
                  than amounts made available to other Participants or
                  Beneficiaries.

         e.       LIMITATION ON OUTSTANDING LOAN BALANCE AND REPAYMENT. No loan
                  to any Participant or Beneficiary can be made to the extent
                  that such loan, when added to the outstanding balance of all
                  other loans to the Participant or Beneficiary, would exceed
                  the lesser of (1) $50,000.00 reduced by the excess (if any) of
                  the highest outstanding balance of loans during the one-year
                  period ending on the day before the loan is made, over the
                  outstanding balance of loans from the Plan on the date the
                  loan is made, or (2) one-half of the present value of the
                  nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit of the Participant. For the
                  purpose of the above limitation, all loans from all plans of
                  the Employer and other members of a group of employers
                  describe in Sections 414(b), (c), and (m) of the Code are
                  aggregated. Furthermore, any loan shall by its terms require
                  that repayment of principal and interest be amortized in level
                  payments, payable not less frequently than quarterly, over a
                  period not extending beyond five years from the date of the
                  loan, unless such loan is used to acquire a dwelling unit
                  which within a reasonable time (determined at the time the
                  loan is made) will be used as the principal residence of the
                  Participant.

9.9 WITHDRAWALS FROM NONDEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS: If, according to the
provisions of Section 7.2(f), a Nondeductible Employee Contribution Subaccount
has been established for a Participant, then subject to the requirements of
Article X, a Participant may withdraw any amount from this Subaccount by giving
written notice to the Plan Administrator, which shall direct the Trustee to make
payment within 60 days after the Valuation Date following the date of such
notice; provided that the amount withdrawn shall not exceed the value of such
Subaccount on the date of withdrawal; and provided further, that the total of
all amounts withdrawn as of any time before termination of employment shall not
exceed the amounts attributable to the total contributions of the Participant to
the Subaccount up to such time. Any distribution from such Subaccount shall be
treated as being made proportionately from the Participant's contributions and
the earnings thereon in accordance with Section 72(e) of the Code.

9.10 DISTRIBUTION OF CERTAIN SUBACCOUNTS: If this Plan provides a 401(k)
Arrangement as indicated by the Adoption Agreement, then in addition to the
other provisions of this Article IX, distribution of a Participant's interest in
his Elective Deferral Subaccount, his Qualified Matching Contribution
Subaccount, and his Qualified Nonelective Contribution Subaccount will be
available as indicated by the Employer in Item 6(A) of the Adoption Agreement,
and as provided in Section 6.7 of this Plan.

                                       45
<PAGE>

                        ARTICLE X: METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION

10.1 ELECTION OF PARTICIPANT REQUIRED: If the value of a Participant's Vested
Accrued Benefit derived from Employer and Employee contributions exceeds (or at
the time of any prior distribution exceeded) $3,500.00, and the benefit is
Immediately Distributable, the Participant and the Participant's Spouse (or
where either the Participant or the Spouse has died, the survivor) must consent
to any distribution of the Vested Accrued Benefit. The consent of the
Participant and the Participant's Spouse shall be obtained in writing within the
90-day period ending on the Annuity Starting Date. The Plan Administrator shall
notify the Participant and the Participant's Spouse of the right to defer any
distribution until the Participant's Account balance is no longer Immediately
Distributable. Such notification shall also include a general description of the
material features, and an explanation of the relative values of, the optional
forms of benefit available under the Plan in a manner that would satisfy the
notice requirements of Section 417(a)(3) of the Code, and shall be provided no
less than 30 days and no more than 90 days prior to the Annuity Starting Date.
However distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice described
in the preceding sentence is given, provided (1) the distribution is one to
which Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code do not apply, (2) the Plan
Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right
to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the
decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a
particular distribution option), and (3) the Participant, after receiving the
notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

         a.       LIMITED APPLICABILITY. Notwithstanding the foregoing, only the
                  Participant need consent to the commencement of a distribution
                  in the form of a Qualified Joint and survivor Annuity while
                  the Vested Accrued Benefit is Immediately Distributable; no
                  consent to the distribution in this form shall be required
                  when the benefit is no longer Immediately Distributable.
                  Furthermore, if payment in the form of a Qualified Joint and
                  Survivor Annuity is not required with respect to the
                  Participant pursuant to Section 10.4(e), only the Participant
                  need consent to any distribution of a Vested Accrued Benefit
                  that is Immediately Distributable; no consent to this
                  distribution shall be required when the benefit is no longer
                  Immediately Distributable. Neither the consent of the
                  Participant nor the Participant's Spouse shall be required to
                  the extent that a distribution is required to satisfy Section
                  401(a)(9) or Section 415 of the Code. In addition, upon
                  termination of this Plan, if the Plan does not offer an
                  annuity option (purchased from a commercial provider) and if
                  the Employer or any entity within the same controlled group as
                  the Employer does not maintain another defined contribution
                  plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined
                  in Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code), the Participant's Vested
                  Accrued Benefit will, without the Participant's consent, be
                  distributed to the Participant. However, if any entity within
                  the same controlled group as the Employer maintains another
                  defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock
                  ownership plan as defined in Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code)
                  then the Participant's Vested Accrued Benefit will be
                  transferred, without the Participant's consent, to the other
                  plan if the Participant does not consent to an immediate
                  distribution.

                  For purposes of determining the applicability of the foregoing
                  consent requirements to distributions made before the first
                  day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1998,
                  the Participant's Vested Accrued Benefit shall not include
                  amounts attributable to accumulated Deductible Employee
                  Contributions within the meaning of Section 72(c)(5)(B) of the
                  Code.

         b.       PAYMENTS OF VESTED BENEFITS OF $3,500.00 OR LESS. Regardless
                  of the provisions of this Article X, if a Participant
                  terminates employment, retires, or dies and his Vested Account
                  Balance is $3,500.00 or less, and the Employer has so elected
                  in Item 10(B) of the Adoption Agreement, the Plan
                  Administrator may direct the Trustee (or Custodian) to

                                       46
<PAGE>

                  distribute the entire Vested Account Balance to the
                  Participant or his Beneficiary (in the case of the
                  Participant's death) in a single sum payment within 90 days
                  after the Valuation Date which first follows the Participant's
                  termination of employment. If the present value of the Vested
                  Account Balance at the time of any distribution exceeds
                  $3,500.00, the present value of the Vested Account Balance at
                  any subsequent time will be deemed to exceed $3,500.00. The
                  nonvested portion of the Participant's Account, if any, shall
                  be treated as a forfeiture in accordance with Section 4.4 If a
                  Participant has no Vested Account Balance at the time of his
                  termination of employment, he shall be deemed to have received
                  a distribution of his entire Vested Account Balance at the
                  time of his termination of employment.

10.2     DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS:

         a.       GENERAL RULES.

                  1.       Subject to Section 104, the requirements of this
                           Section 102 shall apply to any distribution of a
                           Participant's Vested Account Balance and will take
                           precedence over any inconsistent provisions of this
                           Plan. Unless otherwise specified, the provisions of
                           this Section 10.2 apply to calendar years beginning
                           after December 31, 1984.

                  2.       All distributions required under this Section 102.
                           shall be determined and made in accordance with
                           Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, including the minimum
                           distribution incidental benefit requirement of
                           Proposed Regulation 1.401(a)(9)-2.

         b.       LIMITS ON DISTRIBUTION PERIODS. As of the first Distribution
                  Calendar Year, distributions, if not made in a single sum, may
                  only be made over one of the following periods (or a
                  combination thereof):

                  1.       the life of the Participant,

                  2.       the life of the Participant and a Designated
                           Beneficiary,

                  3.       a period certain not extending beyond the Life
                           Expectancy of the Participant, or

                  4.       a period certain not extending beyond the Joint and
                           Last Survivor Expectancy of the Participant and a
                           Designated Beneficiary.

         c.       DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT TO BE DISTRIBUTION EACH YEAR. If the
                  Participant's interest is to be distributed in other than a
                  single sum, the following minimum distribution rules shall
                  apply on or after the Required Beginning Date:

                  1.       INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNT.

                           A.       If a Participant's Vested Account Balance is
                                    to be distributed over

                                    i.       a period not extending beyond the
                                             Life Expectancy of the Participant
                                             or the Joint Life and Last Survivor
                                             Expectancy of the Participant and
                                             the Participant's Designated
                                             Beneficiary, or

                                    ii.      a period not extending beyond the
                                             Life Expectancy of the Designated
                                             Beneficiary.

                                       47
<PAGE>

                                    the amount required to be distributed for
                                    each calendar year, beginning with
                                    distributions for the first Distribution
                                    Calendar Year, must at least equal the
                                    quotient obtained by dividing the
                                    Participant's Vested Account Balance by the
                                    Applicable Life Expectancy.

                           B.       For calendar years beginning before January
                                    1, 1989, if the Participant's Spouse is not
                                    the Designated Beneficiary, the method of
                                    distribution selected must assure that at
                                    least fifty percent of the present value of
                                    the amount available for distribution is
                                    paid within the Life Expectancy of the
                                    Participant.

                           C.       For calendar years beginning after December
                                    31, 1988, the amount to be distributed each
                                    year, beginning with distributions for the
                                    first distribution Calendar Year shall not
                                    be less than the quotient obtained by
                                    dividing the Participant's Vested Account
                                    Balance by the Lesser of (i) the Applicable
                                    Life Expectancy or (ii) if the Participant's
                                    Spouse is not the Designated Beneficiary,
                                    the applicable divisor determined from the
                                    table set forth in Q&A-4 of Proposed
                                    Regulation 1.401(a)(9)-2. Distributions
                                    after the death of the Participant shall be
                                    distributed using the Applicable Life
                                    Expectancy as the relevant divisor without
                                    regard to Proposed Regulation 1.401(a)(9)-2.

                           D.       The minimum distribution required for the
                                    Participant's first Distribution Calendar
                                    Year must be made on or before the
                                    Participant's Required Beginning Date. The
                                    minimum distribution for other calendar
                                    years, including the minimum distribution
                                    for the Distribution Calendar Year in which
                                    the Employee's Required Beginning Date
                                    occurs, must be made on or before December
                                    31 of that Distribution Calendar Year.

                  2.       OTHER FORMS. If the Participant's Vested Account
                           Balance is distributed in the form of an annuity
                           purchased from an insurance company, distributions
                           thereunder shall be made in accordance with the
                           requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the
                           proposed regulations thereunder.

         d.       DEATH DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS.

                  1.       DISTRIBUTION BEGINNING BEFORE DEATH. If the
                           Participant dies after distribution of his or her
                           Vested Account Balance has begun, the remaining
                           portion of the Vested Account Balance will continue
                           to be distributed at least as rapidly as under the
                           method of distribution being used prior to the
                           Participant's death.

                  2.       DISTRIBUTION BEGINNING AFTER DEATH. If the
                           Participant dies before distribution of his or her
                           Vested Account Balance begins, distribution of the
                           Participant's entire Vested Account Balance shall be
                           completed by December 31 of the calendar year
                           containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's
                           death except to the extent that an election is made
                           to receive distributions in accordance with (A) or
                           (B) below.

                           A.       If any portion of the Participant's Vested
                                    Account Balance is payable to a Beneficiary
                                    other than the Spouse, distributions may be
                                    made over the life of the Beneficiary or
                                    over a period certain not greater than the
                                    Life Expectancy of the Beneficiary,
                                    commencing on or before December 31 of the
                                    calendar year immediately following the
                                    calendar year in which the Participant died;

                                       48
<PAGE>

                           B.       If the Beneficiary is the Participant's
                                    Surviving Spouse, the date distributions are
                                    required to begin in accordance with (A)
                                    above shall not be earlier than the later of
                                    (i) December 31 of the calendar year
                                    immediately following the calendar year in
                                    which the Participant died and (ii) December
                                    31 of the calendar year in which the
                                    Participant would have attained age 70 1/2.

                           If the Participant has not made an election pursuant
                           to this Article X by the time of his death, the
                           Participant's Beneficiary must elect the method of
                           distribution no later than the earlier of (i)
                           December 31 of the calendar year in which
                           distributions would be required to begin under this
                           Section, or (ii) December 31 of the calendar year
                           which contains the fifth anniversary of the date of
                           death of the Participant. If the Beneficiary does not
                           elect a method of distribution, distribution of the
                           Participant's entire Vested Account Balance must be
                           completed by December 31 of the calendar year
                           containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's
                           death.

                  3.       For purposes of Section 10.2(d)(2) above, if the
                           Surviving Spouse dies after the Participant, but
                           before payments to such Spouse begin, the provisions
                           of Section 10.2(d)(2), with the exception of
                           paragraph (B) therein, shall be applied as if the
                           Surviving Spouse were the Participant.

                  4.       For purposes of this Section 10.2(d), any amount paid
                           to a child of the Participant will be treated as if
                           it had been paid to the Surviving Spouse if the
                           amount becomes payable to the Surviving Spouse when
                           the child reaches the age of majority.

                  5.       For the purposes of this Section 10.2(d),
                           distribution of a Participant's interest is
                           considered to begin on the Participant's Required
                           Beginning Date (or, if Section 10.2(d)(3) above is
                           applicable the date distribution is required to begin
                           to the Surviving Spouse pursuant to Section
                           10.2(d)(2) above). If distribution in the form of an
                           annuity described in Section 10.2(c)(2) above
                           irrevocably commences to the Participant before the
                           Required Beginning Date, the date distribution is
                           considered to begin is the date distribution actually
                           commences.

         e.       TRANSITIONAL RULE.

                  1.       Notwithstanding the other requirements of this
                           Article and subject to the requirements of Section
                           10.4, distribution on behalf of any Employee,
                           including a five-percent owner, may be made in
                           accordance with all of the following requirements
                           (regardless of when such distribution commences):

                           A.       The distribution by the Plan is one which
                                    would not have disqualified the Plan under
                                    Section 401(s)(9) of the Code as in effect
                                    prior to amendment by the Deficit Reduction
                                    Act of 1984.

                                       49
<PAGE>

                           B.       The distribution is in accordance with a
                                    method of distribution designated by the
                                    Employee whose Vested Account Balance is
                                    being distributed or, if the Employee is
                                    deceased, by a Designated Beneficiary of
                                    such employee.

                           C.       Such designation was in writing, was signed
                                    by the Employee or the Beneficiary, and was
                                    made before January 1, 1984.

                           D.       The Employee had accrued a benefit under the
                                    Plan as of December 31, 1983.

                           E.       The method of distribution designated by the
                                    Employee or the Beneficiary specifies the
                                    time at which distribution will commence,
                                    the period over which distributions will be
                                    made, and in the case of any distribution
                                    upon the Employee's death, the Beneficiaries
                                    of the Employee listed in order of priority.

                  2.       A distribution upon death will not be covered by this
                           transitional rule unless the information in the
                           designation contains the required information
                           described above with respect to the distributions to
                           be made upon the death of the Employee.

                  3.       For any distribution which commences before January
                           1, 1984, but continues after December 31, 1983, the
                           Employee or the Beneficiary to whom such distribution
                           is being made will be presumed to have designated the
                           method of distribution under which the distribution
                           is being made if the method of distribution was
                           specified in writing and the distribution satisfies
                           the requirements in Section 10.2(a)(1)(A) and
                           10.2(e)(1)(E).

                  4.       If a designation is revoked, any subsequent
                           distribution must satisfy the requirements of Section
                           401(a)(9) and the proposed regulations thereunder. If
                           a designation is revoked subsequent to the date
                           distributions are required to begin, the Plan must
                           distribute, by the end of the calendar year following
                           the calendar year in which the revocation occurs, the
                           total amount not yet distributed which would have
                           been required to have been distributed to satisfy
                           Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the proposed
                           regulations thereunder, but for the Section 242(b)(2)
                           election. For calendar years beginning after December
                           31, 1988, such distributions must meet the minimum
                           distribution incidental benefit requirements in
                           Proposed Regulation 1.401(a)(2)-2. Any changes in the
                           designation will be considered to be a revocation of
                           the designation. However, the mere substitution or
                           addition of another Beneficiary (one not named in the
                           designation) under the designation will not be
                           considered to be a revocation of the designation, so
                           long as such substitution or addition does not alter
                           the period over which distributions are to be made
                           under the designation, directly or indirectly (for
                           example, by altering the relevant measuring life). In
                           the case in which an amount is transferred or rolled
                           over from one plan to another plan, the rules in Q&A
                           J-2 and Q&A J-3 shall apply.

10.3 OPTIONAL FORMS OF BENEFIT: The optional forms of benefit provided by this
Plan are as selected by employer in Item 11 of the Adoption Agreement. A married
Participant's election of an optional form of payment will not be effective
unless it is a Qualified Election. A Qualified Election shall not be valid
unless it is made during the 90-day period prior to the Annuity Starting Date.
Payment of benefits from the Trust in a single sum or installments may be in
cash or property valued at its fair market value. If property other than cash is
distributed, a Participant shall not be required to accept more than his pro
rata share of that property. If a Participant has elected to receive
substantially equal installment payments of his Vested Account Balance, his
Account shall be segregated

                                       50
<PAGE>

from assets of the Trust held for other Participants' Accounts and separately
invested. All costs arising from the investment of the Participant's Account
once segregated shall be paid by the Participant, and if not so paid, shall be
deducted from his Account. Any annuity contract disbursed herefrom must be
nontransferable, and the terms of any such annuity contract purchased and
distributed by the Plan Administrator or Trustee to a Participant or Spouse
shall comply with the requirements of this Plan.

10.4     JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS:

         a.       PARTICIPANTS COVERED. The provisions of this Section 10.4
                  shall apply to any Participant who is credited with at least
                  one Hour of Service with the Employer on or after August 23,
                  1984, and such other Participants as provided in Section
                  10.4(f).

         b.       QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY. Unless an optional form
                  of benefit is selected pursuant to a Qualified Election within
                  the 90-day period ending on the Annuity Starting Date, a
                  married Participant's Vested Account Balance will be paid in
                  the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and an
                  unmarried Participant's Vested Account Balance will be paid in
                  the form of a life annuity. The Participant may elect to have
                  such annuity distributed upon attainment of the Earliest
                  Retirement Age under the Plan.

         c.       QUALIFIED PRERETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY. Unless an optional
                  form of benefit has been selected within the Election Period
                  pursuant to a Qualified Election, if a Participant dies before
                  the Annuity Starting Date, the Participant's Vested Account
                  Balance shall be applied toward the purchase of an annuity for
                  the life of the Surviving Spouse. The Surviving Spouse may
                  elect to have such annuity distributed within a reasonable
                  period after the Participant's death.

         d.       NOTICE REQUIREMENTS.

                  1.       In the case of a Qualified Joint and Survivor
                           Annuity, the Plan Administrator shall, no less than
                           30 days and no more than 90 days prior to the Annuity
                           Starting Date, provide each Participant a written
                           explanation of:

                           A.       the terms and conditions of a Qualified
                                    Joint and Survivor Annuity;

                           B.       the Participant's right to make and the
                                    effect of an election to waive the Qualified
                                    Joint and Survivor Annuity form of benefit;

                           C.       the rights of a Participant's Spouse; and

                           D.       the right to make, and the effect of, a
                                    revocation of a previous election to waive
                                    the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.

                  2.       In the case of a Qualified Preretirement Survivor
                           Annuity as described in Section 10.4(c), the Plan
                           Administrator shall provide each Participant within
                           the applicable period for such Participant a written
                           explanation of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor
                           Annuity in such terms and in such manner as would be
                           comparable to the explanation provided for meeting
                           the requirements of Section 10.4(d)(1) applicable to
                           a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.

                                       51
<PAGE>

                           The applicable period for a Participant is whichever
                           of the following periods ends last:

                           A.       the period beginning with the first day of
                                    the Plan Year in which the Participant
                                    attains age 32 and ending with the close of
                                    the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in
                                    which the Participant attains age 35;

                           B.       a reasonable period ending after the
                                    individual becomes a Participant;

                           C.       a reasonable period ending after Section
                                    10.4(d)(3) ceases to apply to the
                                    Participant;

                           D.       a reasonable period ending after this
                                    Section 10.4 first applies to the
                                    Participant.

                           Notwithstanding the foregoing, notice must be
                           provided within a reasonable period ending after
                           separation from service in the case of a Participant
                           who separates from service before attaining age 35.

                           For purposes of applying the preceding paragraph, a
                           reasonable period ending after the enumerated events
                           described in (B), (C), and (D) is the end of the
                           two-year period beginning one year prior to the date
                           the applicable event occurs and ending one year after
                           that date. In the case of a Participant who separates
                           from service before the Plan Year in which age 35 is
                           attained, notice shall be provided within the
                           two-year period beginning one year prior to
                           separation and ending one year after separation. If
                           such a Participant thereafter returns to employment
                           with the Employer, the applicable period for such
                           Participant shall be redetermined.

                  3.       Notwithstanding the other requirements of this
                           Section 10.4(d), the respective notices prescribed by
                           this Section need not be given to a Participant if
                           (A) the plan "fully subsidizes" the costs of a
                           Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or Qualified
                           Preretirement Survivor Annuity, and (B) the plan does
                           not allow the Participant to waive the Qualified
                           Joint and Survivor Annuity or Qualified Preretirement
                           Survivor Annuity and does not allow a married
                           Participant to designate a nonspouse beneficiary. For
                           purposes of this Section 10.4(d)(3), a Plan fully
                           subsidizes the costs of a benefit if no increase in
                           cost, or decrease in benefits, to the Participant may
                           result from the Participant's failure to elect
                           another benefit.

         e.       SAFE HARBOR RULES.

                  1.       This Section 10.4(e) shall apply to a Participant in
                           a profit-sharing plan, and to any distribution, made
                           on or after the first day of the first Plan Year
                           beginning after December 31, 1988, from or under a
                           separate account attributable solely to accumulated
                           deductible Employee contributions, as defined in
                           Section 72(c)(5)(B) of the Code, and maintained on
                           behalf of a Participant in a money purchase pension
                           plan (including a target benefit plan), if the
                           following conditions are satisfied: (A) the
                           Participant does not or cannot elect payments in the
                           form of a life annuity; and (B) if the Employer has
                           elected in Item 11(B) of the Adoption Agreement that
                           on the death of a Participant, the Participant's
                           Vested Account Balance will be paid in a single sum
                           to the Participant's Surviving Spouse, but if there
                           is no Surviving Spouse, or if the Surviving Spouse
                           has consented in a manner conforming to a Qualified
                           Election, then to the Participant's Designated
                           Beneficiary. The Surviving Spouse may elect to have
                           distribution of the Vested Account Balance commence
                           within the 90-day period following the date of the

                                       52
<PAGE>

                           Participant's death. The Vested Account Balance shall
                           be adjusted for gains or losses occurring after the
                           Participant's death in accordance with the provisions
                           of the Plan governing the adjustment of Account
                           balances for other types of distributions. This
                           Section 10.4(e) shall not be operative with respect
                           to a Participant in a profit-sharing plan if the Plan
                           is a direct or indirect transferee of a defined
                           benefit plan, money purchase plan, a target benefit
                           plan, stock bonus plan, or profit-sharing plan which
                           is subject to the survivor annuity requirements of
                           Section 10.4(a)(11) and Section 417 of the Code. If
                           this Section 10.4(e) is operative, then the
                           provisions of this Article, other than Section
                           10.4(f), shall be inoperative.

                  2.       The Participant may waive the Spousal death benefit
                           described in this Section at any time during the
                           Election Period provided that no such waiver shall be
                           effective unless it is a Qualified election (except
                           for the notification requirement referred to therein)
                           that would apply to the Participant's waiver of the
                           Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity.

         f.       TRANSITIONAL RULES.

                  1.       Any living Participant not receiving benefits on
                           August 23, 1984, who would otherwise not receive the
                           benefits prescribed by the previous sections of this
                           Article must be given the opportunity to elect to
                           have the prior sections of this Article apply if such
                           Participant is credited with at least one Hour of
                           Service under this Plan or a predecessor plan in a
                           Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, and
                           such Participant had at least ten years of vesting
                           service when he separated from service.

                  2.       Any living Participant not receiving benefits on
                           August 23, 1984, who was credited with at least one
                           Hour of Service under this Plan or a predecessor plan
                           on or after September 2, 1974, and who is not
                           otherwise credited with any service in a Plan Year
                           beginning on or after January 1, 1976, must be given
                           the opportunity to have his benefits paid in
                           accordance with Section 10.4(f)(4).

                  3.       The respective opportunities to elect (as described
                           in this Section 10.4(f)) must be afforded to the
                           appropriate Participants during the period commencing
                           on August 23, 1984, and ending on the date benefits
                           would otherwise commence to such Participants.

                  4.       Any Participant who has elected pursuant to Section
                           10.4(f)(2) of this Article and any Participant who
                           does not elect under Section 10.4(f)(1) or who meets
                           the requirements of Section 10.4(f)(2) except that
                           such Participant does not have at least ten years of
                           vesting service when he separates from service, shall
                           have his benefits distributed in accordance with all
                           of the following requirements if benefits would have
                           been payable in the form of a life annuity.

                           A.       AUTOMATIC JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY. If
                                    benefits in the form of a life annuity
                                    become payable to a married Participant who:

                                    i.       beings to receive payments under
                                             the Plan on or after Normal
                                             Retirement Age; or

                                    ii.      dies on or after Normal Retirement
                                             Age while still working for the
                                             Employer; or

                                    iii.     begins to receive payments on or
                                             after the Qualified Early
                                             Retirement Age; or

                                       53
<PAGE>

                                    iv.     separates from service on or after
                                            attaining Normal Retirement Age (or
                                            the Qualified Early Retirement Age)
                                            and after satisfying the eligibility
                                            requirements for the payment of
                                            benefits under the Plan and
                                            thereafter dies before beginning to
                                            receive such benefits;

                                    then such benefits will be received under
                                    this Plan in the form of a Qualified Joint
                                    and Survivor Annuity, unless the Participant
                                    has elected otherwise during the election
                                    period. The election period must begin at
                                    least six months before the Participant
                                    attains Qualified Early Retirement Age and
                                    end not more than 90 days before the
                                    commencement of benefits. Any election
                                    hereunder will be in writing and may be
                                    changed by the Participant at any time.

                           B.       ELECTION OF EARLY SURVIVOR ANNUITY. A
                                    Participant who is employed after attaining
                                    the Qualified Early Retirement Age will be
                                    given the opportunity to elect, during the
                                    election period, to have a survivor annuity
                                    payable on death. If the Participant elects
                                    the survivor annuity, payments under such
                                    annuity must not be less than the payments
                                    which would have been made to the Spouse
                                    under the Qualified Joint and Survivor
                                    Annuity if the Participant had retired on
                                    the day before his death. Any election under
                                    this provision will be in writing and may be
                                    changed by the Participant at any time. The
                                    election period begins on the later of (i)
                                    the 90th day before and Participant attains
                                    the Qualified Early Retirement Age, or (ii)
                                    the date on which participation begins; and
                                    ends on the date the Participant terminates
                                    employment.

                           C.       For purposes of this Section 10.4(f),
                                    Qualified Early Retirement Age is the latest
                                    of:

                                    i.       the earliest date, under the Plan,
                                             on which the Participant may elect
                                             to receive Retirement benefits,

                                    ii.      the first day of the 120th month
                                             beginning before the Participant
                                             reaches Normal Retirement Age, or

                                    iii.     the date the Participant beings
                                             participation.

10.5     ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTIONS.

         a. GENERAL. This Section applies to distribution made on or after
January 1, 1993. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that
would otherwise limit a Distributee's election under this Section, a Distributee
may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator,
to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution that is equal to at
least $500 paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the
Distributee in a direct Rollover.

         b.       DEFINITIONS.

                  1.       ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTION. An Eligible Rollover
                           Distribution is any distribution of all or any
                           portion of the balance to the credit of the
                           Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover
                           distribution does not include: any distribution that
                           is one of a series of substantially equal periodic
                           payments (not less frequently than annually) made for
                           the life (of Life Expectancy) of the Distributee or
                           the joint lives (or Joint Life Expectancies) of the
                           Distributee and the Distributee's designated
                           Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years
                           or more; any distribution to the extent such
                           distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of
                           the Code; the

                                       54
<PAGE>

                           portion of any distribution that is not includible in
                           gross income (determined without regard to the
                           exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with
                           respect to Employer securities); and any other
                           distribution that is reasonably expected to total
                           less than $200 during a year.

                  2.       ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLAN. An Eligible Retirement Plan
                           is an individual retirement account described in
                           Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement
                           annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an
                           annuity plan described n Section 403(a) of the Code,
                           or a qualified plan described in Section 401(a) of
                           the Code, that accepts the Distributee's Eligible
                           Rollover Distribution. However, in the case of an
                           Eligible Rollover Distribution to the Surviving
                           Spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is an Individual
                           Retirement Account or Individual Retirement Annuity.

                  3.       DISTRIBUTEE. A Distributee includes an Employee or
                           former Employee. In addition, the Employee's or
                           former Employee's Surviving Spouse and the Employee's
                           or former Employee's Spouse or former Spouse who is
                           the alternate payee under a qualified domestic
                           relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the
                           Code, are Distributees with regard to the interest of
                           the Spouse or former Spouse.

                  4.       DIRECT ROLLOVER. A Direct Rollover is a payment by
                           the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by
                           the Distributee.

                                       55
<PAGE>

                       ARTICLE XI: PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

11.1 ADOPTION OF PLAN BY TWO OR MORE EMPLOYERS: Two or more Employers may
maintain this Plan simultaneously for the benefit of their respective Employees.
To do so, each Employer shall execute the Adoption Agreement. This execution may
take place simultaneously, or the additional adopting Employer or Employers may
execute the Adoption Agreement at any time after the original adopting Employer
executed the Adoption Agreement. If two or more Employers adopt this Plan, they
shall be deemed Participating Employers.

11.2 CONTRIBUTION TO THE PLAN BY PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS: Each Participating
Employer shall contribute the amount determined under Section 4.1, but only on
behalf of the Participants employed by that Participating Employer. If the
Adoption Agreement executed by the Employer defines this Plan as a
Profit-Sharing Plan, each Participating Employer shall make the same percentage
contribution on behalf of its Employees, in accordance with Section 4.1

11.3 ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES: Allocations of a Participating
Employer's contribution shall be made in accordance with Articles IV and VI.
This allocation shall be made only among the Participants employed by the
Participating Employer which made the contribution. Allocations of forfeitures
(if any) shall be made in accordance with Section 4.4. However, forfeitures
shall be allocated only among the Participants who are employed by the
Participating Employer that employed the Participant who incurred the
forfeiture.

11.4 DELEGATION OF DUTIES: If two or more Employers adopt and maintain this
Plan, an Employer may delegate to another Employer all of its rights, duties and
obligations under this Plan, except its obligation to make contributions on
behalf of its own Employees and any duties or obligations imposed by law which
cannot be delegated. Any delegation under this Section shall be made by written
resolution or other appropriate written action.

11.5 DESIGNATION OF AGENT: Each Participating Employer shall be deemed to have
designated irrevocably the Plan Administrator as its agent. Unless the context
of the Plan clearly indicates the contrary, the word "Employer" shall be deemed
to include each Participating Employer as related to its adoption of the Plan.

11.6 DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION: Any Participating Employer shall be
permitted to discontinue or revoke its participation in the Plan. Written
evidence of any such discontinuance or revocation shall be delivered to the
Sponsoring Organization, to the Trustee and to the Plan Administrator. The
Trustee shall transfer any Plan assets allocable to the Participants of such
Participating Employer to the new custodian designated by such Employer, if it
has established a separate plan for its Employees. Upon such transfers, the
(former) Participating Employer shall be deemed to have created an individually
designed plan, and Section 13.1(b) shall apply. If no separate plan has been
established, the Plan Administrator, the Sponsoring Organization and the Trustee
shall proceed as though the Plan had been terminated with respect to the
Participants of such Participating Employer in accordance with Article XIII. In
no event shall any part of the assets of the Plan attributable to such
Participating Employer be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the
exclusive benefit of the Employee of such Participating Employer.

11.7 USE OF IDENTICAL TRUSTEE: Each Participating Employer shall be required to
use the same Trustee and all assets shall be held in one Trust. The Trustee may,
but shall not be required to, commingle all contributions made by Participating
Employers, as well as all investment gains, for investment purposes. On the
basis of information

                                       56
<PAGE>

furnished by the Plan Administrator, the Trustee shall keep separate accounting
records for each Participating Employer hereunder.

                                       57
<PAGE>

                        ARTICLE XII: TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

12.1 TOP-HEAVY PLAN: For any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1983, this
Plan is top heavy if any of the following conditions exists:

         a.       The top-heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds 60 percent and this
                  Plan is not part of any Required Aggregation Group or
                  Permissive Aggregation Group of plans.

         b.       This Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group of plans
                  but not part of a Permissive Aggregation Group and the
                  top-heavy ratio for the group of plans exceeds 60 percent.

         c.       This Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group and part
                  of a Permissive Aggregation Group of plans and the top-heavy
                  ratio for the Permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60 percent.

12.2     TOP-HEAVY RATIO:

         a.       If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution
                  plans (including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the
                  Employer has not maintained any defined benefit plan which,
                  during the five-year period ending on the Determination
                  Date(s), has or has had accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio
                  for this plan alone or for the Required or Permissive
                  Aggregation Group as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator
                  of which is the sum of the Account balances of all Key
                  Employees as of the Determination Date(s) (including any part
                  of any Account balance distributed in the five-year period
                  ending on the Determination Date(s)), and the denominator of
                  which is the sum of all Account balances (including any part
                  of any Account balance distributed in the five-year period
                  ending on the Determination Date(s)), both computed in
                  accordance with Section 416 of the Code and the regulations
                  thereunder. Both the numerator and denominator of the
                  top-heavy ratio are increased to reflect any contribution not
                  actually made as of the Determination Date, but which is
                  required to be taken into account on that date under Section
                  416 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

         b.       If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution
                  plans (including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the
                  Employer maintains or has maintained one or more defined
                  benefit plans which, during the five-year period ending on the
                  Determination Date(s), has or has had any accrued benefits,
                  the top-heavy ratio for any Required or Permissive Aggregation
                  Group as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is
                  the sum of account balances under the aggregated defined
                  contribution plan or plans for all key Employees, determined
                  in accordance with (a) above, and the present value of accrued
                  benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans
                  for all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s), and the
                  denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under
                  the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all
                  Participants, determined in accordance with (a) above, and the
                  present value of accrued benefits under the defined benefit
                  plan or plans for all Participants as of the Determination
                  Date(s), all determined in accordance with Section 416 of the
                  Code and the regulations thereunder. The accrued benefits
                  under a defined benefit plan in both the numerator and
                  denominator of the top-heavy ratio are increased for any
                  distribution of an accrued benefit made in the five-year
                  period ending on the Determination Date.

         c.       For purposes of (a) and (b) of this Section 12.2, the value of
                  account balances and the present value of accrued benefits
                  will be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that
                  falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the
                  Determination Date, except as provided in Section 416 of the
                  Code and the regulations thereunder for the first and second
                  plan years of a defined benefit plan. The account balances and
                  accrued benefits of a Participant (1) who is not a Key
                  Employee but who was a Key Employee in a

                                       58
<PAGE>

                  prior year, or (2) who has not been credited with at least on
                  Hour of Service with any employer maintaining the Plan at any
                  time during the five-year period ending on the Determination
                  Date will be disregarded. The calculation of the top-heavy
                  ratio and the extent to which distributions, rollovers, and
                  transfers are taken into account will be made in accordance
                  with Section 416 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.
                  Deductible employee contributions will not be taken into
                  account for purposes of computing the top-heavy ratio. When
                  aggregating plans, the value of account balances and accrued
                  benefits will be calculated with reference to the
                  Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.

                  The accrued benefit of a Participant other than a Key Employee
                  shall be determined under (A) the method, of any, that
                  uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined
                  benefit plans maintained by the Employer, or (B) if there is
                  no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly
                  than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional
                  rule of Section 411(b)(1)(c) of the Code.

         d.       Present value for purposes of this Article XII shall be
                  determined only according to the interest rate and mortality
                  table specified by the Employer in Item 7(D) of the Adoption
                  Agreement.

12.3 TOP-HEAVY MINIMUM BENEFIT: If the Plan is or becomes top heavy as provided
in Sections 12.1 and 12.2 in any Plan Year beginning after December 1, 1983, the
provisions of Section 12.3 and 12.4 will supersede any conflicting provisions in
the Plan or Adoption Agreement.

         a.       Except as otherwise provided below, the Employer contributions
                  and forfeitures allocated on behalf of any Participant who is
                  not a Key Employee shall not be less than the lesser of three
                  percent of such Participant's Compensation or, in the case
                  where the Employer has no defined benefit plan which
                  designates this Plan to satisfy Section 401 of the code, the
                  largest percentage of Employer contributions and forfeitures,
                  as a percentage of the Key Employee's Compensation as limited
                  by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, allocated on behalf of any
                  Key Employee for that year. The minimum allocation is
                  determined without regard to any Social Security contribution.
                  This minimum allocation shall be made even though, under other
                  Plan provisions, the Participant would not otherwise be
                  entitled to receive an allocation, or would have received a
                  lesser allocation for the year because of (1) the
                  Participant's failure to complete 1,000 Hours of Service (or
                  any equivalent provided in the Plan), or (2) the Participant's
                  Plan Compensation is less than a stated amount.

         b.       The provision in Section 12.3 (a) shall not apply to any
                  Participant who was not employed by the employer on the last
                  day of the Plan Year.

         c.       Except as provided below in Section 12.3(d), the provision in
                  Section 12.3(a) shall not apply to any Participant to the
                  extent the Participant is covered under any other plan or
                  plans of the Employer and the Employer has provided in Item 7
                  of the Adoption Agreement that the minimum allocation or
                  benefit requirement applicable to top-heavy plans will be met
                  in the other plan or plans.

         d.       Regardless of Section 12.3(c), if the Employer adopts the
                  Standardized Money Purchase Pension Plan and the Standardized
                  Profit Sharing Plan with 401(k) Arrangement as Paired Plans,
                  and such plans are top heavy, the plan designated by the
                  Employer in Item 7 of the Adoption Agreement will provide the
                  minimum allocation to Participants provided that: (1) each of
                  the Paired Plans benefits the same Participants, and (2) that
                  the Plans have identical eligibility requirements and
                  entitlement to allocations provision. If the Paired Plans do
                  not benefit the same Participants or the Plans do not contain
                  identical

                                       59
<PAGE>

                  eligibility requirements or entitlement to allocations
                  provisions, each Plan will provide the top-heavy minimum
                  allocation as described in Section 12.3(a).

         e.       The minimum allocation required (to the extent required to be
                  nonforfeitable under Section 416(b) of the Code) may not be
                  forfeited under Section 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D) of the
                  Code.

12.4 VESTING IF PLAN IS TOP HEAVY: For any Plan Year in which this Plan is top
heavy, the Minimum Vesting Schedule elected by the Employer in Item 12 of the
Adoption Agreement will automatically apply to the Plan. The minimum Vesting
Schedule applies to all benefits within the meaning of Section 411(a)(7) of the
Code Except those attributable to Employee contributions, including benefits
accrued before the effective date of Section 416 of the Code and benefits
accrued before the Plan became top heavy. Further, no decrease in a
Participant's nonforfeitable percentage may occur in the event the Plan's
top-heavy status changes for any Plan Year. However, this Section does not apply
to the Account balance of any Employee who does not have an Hour of Service
after the Plan has initially become top heavy and such Employee's Vested Accrued
Benefit will be determined without regard to this Section 12.4.

                                       60
<PAGE>

                ARTICLE XIII: AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, AND MERGER

13.1     AMENDMENT:

         a.       AMENDMENT BY SPONSORING ORGANIZATION. The Sponsoring
                  Organization may amend any part of the Plan, subject to the
                  limitations of this Section 13.1.

         b.       AMENDMENT BY EMPLOYER: The Employer may (1) change the choice
                  of options in the Adoption Agreement, (2) add overriding
                  language in the Adoption Agreement when such language is
                  necessary to satisfy Section 415 or Section 416 of the Code
                  because of the required aggregation of multiple plans, and (3)
                  add certain model amendments published by the Internal Revenue
                  Service which specifically provide that their adoption will
                  not cause the Plan to be treated as individually designed. An
                  Employer who changes the choice of options of the Adoption
                  Agreement must obtain the written acceptance of the Sponsoring
                  Organization for such change to be effective. An Employer that
                  amends the Plan for any other reason, including a waiver of
                  the minimum funding requirement under Section 412(d) of the
                  Code, or who fails to obtain the written acceptance of the
                  Sponsoring Organization for a change of choice of options in
                  the Employer's Adoption Agreement, will no longer participate
                  in this Master of Prototype and will be considered to have an
                  individually designed plan.

         c.       INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE APPROVAL. The Sponsoring Organization
                  shall submit this Prototype Plan to the Internal Revenue
                  Service for issuance of an Opinion Letter as to its
                  qualification under the Code. An Employer may adopt this
                  Prototype Plan after it is submitted to the Internal Revenue
                  Service but before a favorable Opinion Letter is issued. When
                  this Prototype Plan receives a favorable Opinion Letter, such
                  Prototype Plan in effect with Sponsoring Organization shall
                  automatically be superseded and replaced by this Plan in its
                  approved form without the necessity of each Employer executing
                  a new Adoption Agreement, unless changes in the Adoption
                  Agreement have been required in order to obtain the favorable
                  Opinion Letter. Each Employer shall be governed by the terms
                  of the final Plan.

         d.       LIMITATION ON AMENDMENT. No amendment to the Plan shall be
                  effective to the extent that it has the effect of decreasing a
                  Participant's Accrued Benefit. Notwithstanding the preceding
                  sentence, a Participant's Account balance may be reduced to
                  the extent permitted under Section 412(c)(8) of the Code. For
                  the purposes of this paragraph, a plan amendment which has the
                  effect of decreasing a Participant's Account balance or
                  eliminating an optional form of benefit, with respect to
                  benefits attributable to service before the amendment, shall
                  be treated as reducing an Accrued Benefit. Furthermore, if the
                  vesting schedule of a Plan is amended, in the case of an
                  Employee who is a Participant as of the later of the date such
                  amendment is adopted or the date it becomes effective, the
                  nonforfeitable percentage (determined as of such date) or such
                  Employee's Employer-derived Accrued Benefit will not be less
                  than the percentage computed under the Plan without regard to
                  such amendment.

         e.       AMENDMENT OF VESTING SCHEDULE. If the Plan's vesting schedule
                  is amended, or the Plan is amended in any way that directly or
                  indirectly affects the computation of the Participant's
                  nonforfeitable percentage or if the Plan is deemed amended by
                  an automatic change to or from a top-

                                       61
<PAGE>

                  heavy vesting schedule, each Participant with at least three
                  Years of Service with the Employer may elect, within a
                  reasonable period after the adoption of the amendment or
                  change, to have the nonforfeitable percentage computed under
                  the Plan without regard to such amendment or change. For
                  Participants who do not have at least one Hour of Service in
                  any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988, the preceding
                  sentence shall be applied by substituting "five Years of
                  Service" for "three Years of Service" where such language
                  appears.

                  The period during which the election may be made shall
                  commence with the date the amendment is adopted or deemed to
                  be made and shall end on the latest of:

                  1.       60 days after the amendment is adopted;

                  2.       60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or

                  3.       60 days after the Participant is issued written
                           notice of the amendment by the Employer or Plan
                           Administrator.

13.2     TERMINATION OF PLAN:

         a.       TERMINATION OF PLAN BY EMPLOYER: By establishing this Plan,
                  the Employer represents that such Plan is intended to be a
                  permanent and continuing program for providing retirement
                  benefits to Participants. However, the Employer nevertheless
                  reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time. An
                  Employer may terminate this Plan by filing with the Trustee
                  and the Sponsoring Organization written notice of intention to
                  terminate.

         b.       TERMINATION BY DEATH, DISABILITY OR DISSOLUTION. The Plan
                  shall terminate upon the death or disability of a sole
                  proprietor, if the Employer is a sole proprietorship, upon the
                  termination of the Partnership for federal income tax
                  purposes, if the Employer is a partnership, or upon a
                  judicially declared bankruptcy or insolvency or in the event
                  of dissolution, merger or consolidation if the Employer is a
                  corporation, unless in any such case, provision is made by a
                  successor to the business of the Employer for the continuation
                  of the Plan, upon terms satisfactory to the Sponsoring
                  Organization and the Trustee.

         c.       VESTING UPON TERMINATION. In the event of the termination or
                  partial termination of the Plan the entire Account balance of
                  each affected Participant will be nonforfeitable.

13.3     MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION: The Employer may merge or consolidate this
         Plan at any time, subject to the provisions of Section 13.1 and 13.2.
         In the event of a merger or consolidation with, or transfer of assets
         or liabilities to, any other Plan, each Participant will receive a
         benefit immediately after such merger, etc. (if the Plan then
         terminated) which is at least equal to the benefit the Participant was
         entitled to immediately before such merger, etc. (if the Plan had
         terminated).

                                       62
<PAGE>

                       ARTICLE XIV: ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN

14.1     SELECTION OF PLAN ADMINISTRATOR: Employer shall in Item 2 of the
         Adoption Agreement appoint a Plan Administrator, and shall in the
         Adoption Agreement indicate the Employer's agent for purposes of
         notice. Employer may at any time remove or replace the Plan
         Administrator. The Sponsoring Organization and the Trustee may rely
         upon notification of the Plan Administrator received from the Employer.
         All expenses of the Plan Administrator, including agent and legal
         counsel fees, shall be paid by Employer. The Plan Administrator shall
         have a lien against the Plan assets for expenses and, if they have not
         been paid within 90 days after presentment to Employer, the Trustee
         shall pay the expense from the Trust upon demand.

14.2     AGENTS FOR PLAN ADMINISTRATOR: The Plan Administrator may, by written
         designation, employ suitable accountants, actuaries, attorneys and
         other agents to aid in carrying out its duties hereunder, all of whom
         shall first acknowledge in writing their acceptance of such employment.

14.3     ACTIONS OF PLAN ADMINISTRATOR: In exercising all discretionary powers
         given to it by this document, the Plan Administrator shall have sole
         and unlimited discretion, and its decisions shall be binding upon all
         parties. The discretion of the Plan Administrator shall be exercised in
         a reasonable and nondiscriminatory manner, and the decisions of the
         Plan Administrator shall be uniformly applied.

14.4     INDEMNIFICATION OF PLAN ADMINISTRATOR: The Employer shall indemnify and
         hold harmless the Plan Administrator (if other then Employer) from any
         and all claims, damages, expenses, losses and liability arising from
         any act or omission of the Plan Administrator in its official capacity
         in the administration of the Plan, including all expenses reasonably
         incurred in its defense (in case Employer fails to provide the
         defense). Employer shall not indemnify the Plan Administrator if the
         act or omission was due to willful misconduct or gross negligence. The
         indemnification provisions of this Section shall not relieve the Plan
         Administrator from any liability he may have under ERISA for breach of
         a fiduciary duty.

14.5     FACILITY OF PAYMENT:

         a.       PAYMENT TO INCAPACITATED PERSONS. If a Participant or
                  Beneficiary is declared incompetent by a court having
                  jurisdiction, and a guardian of his estate is appointed, any
                  benefits to which he is entitled shall be paid to such
                  guardian. The Trustee shall have no liability for any payment
                  to a guardian, or for payment to a Participant who may be
                  incompetent but has not been declared incompetent by a court
                  having jurisdiction.

         b.       INABILITY TO LOCATE PAYEE. If a Participant or Beneficiary
                  becomes entitled to benefits under this Plan, and such person
                  cannot be located within three years after reasonable efforts
                  have been made to locate him, the Plan Administrator may
                  declare such benefits forfeited. Any amounts forfeited in
                  accordance with this Section shall be treated and allocated in
                  accordance with Section 4.4. Such benefit shall be reinstated
                  if a claim is made by the Participant or Beneficiary. To the
                  extent possible, current forfeitures shall be used to restore
                  the Participant's Account. If necessary, a special Employer
                  contribution shall be made, subject to the limitations of the
                  Code.

                                       63
<PAGE>

14.6     CLAIMS PROCEDURE: A Participant or Beneficiary who has a claim relating
         to his benefits under this Plan or the operation or maintenance of this
         Plan shall file that claim in writing with the Plan Administrator. If
         the Plan Administrator creates a claim form, then all claims shall be
         filed on that form. If the Plan Administrator denies a claim in whole
         or in part, the Plan Administrator shall provide a written notice to
         the Participant or Beneficiary setting forth (a) the specific reason
         for the denial or decision, (b) a specific reference to pertinent Plan
         provisions upon which the denial or decision is based, (c) a
         description of any additional material or information necessary for the
         Participant or Beneficiary to perfect his claim and an explanation of
         why the material or information is necessary and (d) an explanation of
         the claim review procedure set forth in this Section. This notice shall
         set forth the above information in a manner calculated to be understood
         by the Participant or Beneficiary. It shall be sent by first class mail
         to the last known address of the Participant or Beneficiary who made
         the request or objection. If the notice is not received and if the
         claim has not been granted within 90 days after the request or
         objection is made, the claim shall be deemed denied and shall be
         subject to review as set forth below. The Participant or Beneficiary
         shall have 90 days from the date the claim is deemed denied, or 90 days
         from receipt of the notice denying the claim, to deliver a written
         application to the Plan Administrator requesting a review and
         specifying the reasons his claim should be granted. If no such request
         is filed, the denial of the claim shall be final. Upon receipt of this
         application, the Plan Administrator shall review the claim. The
         Participant or Beneficiary or his duly authorized representative may
         review all documents relating to the claim and may submit comments in
         writing to the Plan Administrator in support of his claim. The decision
         of the Plan Administrator shall be presented in writing delivered to
         the Participant or Beneficiary or his authorized representative within
         60 days after the request for review is received. In special
         circumstances, the decision may be delayed but must in any event be
         rendered no later than 120 days after the request for review. The Plan
         Administrator's decision shall include specific reasons for the
         decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the
         Participant or Beneficiary. It shall also contain specific references
         to the Plan provisions upon which the decision is based. If no decision
         is made within the prescribed time period, the claimant may consider
         the claim denied. Any person whose claim has been denied in whole or in
         part must exhaust this administrative review procedure prior to
         initiating any claim for judicial review.

                                       64
<PAGE>

         ARTICLE XV: TRUST: DUTIES AND POWERS OF TRUSTEE, CUSTODIAN AND
                              INVESTMENT DIRECTOR

15.1 SINGLE TRUST FUND: If the Employer has appointed a Trustee in Item 1(C) of
the Adoption Agreement, the Trustee shall receive, hold, administer, and
distribute the assets of the Trust in accordance with the terms of this Plan.
The Trustee shall invest and reinvest the Trust assets, together with the income
thereon, as a single trust fund. The Trustee shall not be required to segregate
principal and income, except on its books, or to separately invest the accrued
Benefit of any Participant in the Trust, unless specifically provided in this
Plan. The Trustee shall have no duty or authority to enforce the payment of
contributions by Employer.

15.2 RECORDS AND REPORTS: The Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed records
of its administration of the Trust, and such records shall be open to inspection
during regular business hours by any person designated in writing by the Plan
Administrator or Employer. As soon as administratively possible after the last
day of each Plan Year, but no later than 120 days after the end of the Plan
Year, the Trustee shall file with Employer a written statement setting forth all
investments, receipts, disbursements, and other transactions made during the
preceding year. Such statement shall contain such information and be prepared in
such a manner as to enable the Plan Administrator to comply with all federal
reporting requirements. Such statement shall contain an exact description of all
securities purchased and sold, with the cost or net proceeds of sale, and shall
identify the securities and investments held together with the value of each
item as of the last day of the Plan Year.

15.3 COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES OF TRUSTEE OR CUSTODIAN: The Trustee (or
Custodian if applicable) shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for
services rendered and expenses incurred in connection with the administration of
the Trust, including agent and counsel fees. Employer shall pay such
compensation and expenses. A Trustee who is a full-time Employee of Employer or
of an employee organization whose members are covered by this Plan shall not
receive compensation, but shall receive reimbursement of expenses. To the extent
the Trustee (or Custodian if applicable) does not receive such compensation and
reimbursement of expenses properly due and payable by Employer, it shall have a
lien against the Trust assets or Custodial Account(s) (if applicable). If such
compensation or expenses are unpaid at the expiration of 90 days after a claim
is presented to Employer, the Trustee (or Custodian if applicable) may deduct
such amount from the Trust assets (or Custodial Account).

15.4 AGENTS AND ATTORNEYS FOR TRUSTEE: The Trustee may, by written designation,
employ accountants, actuaries, attorneys, and other agents to aid in carrying
out its duties hereunder, all of whom shall first acknowledge in writing their
acceptance of such employment. Any attorney so employed may be, but need not be,
attorney for Employer.

15.5 POWERS: The Trustee as a fiduciary shall have, in addition to all other
powers granted to trustees by law, the authority to take all actions appropriate
to administer and carry out the provisions of this Plan including, but not
limited to the following:

         a.       GENERAL POWER OVER TRUST FUNDS. To sell, transfer, or exchange
                  any and all of the property of the Trust at such prices and
                  upon such terms as it considers proper; to retain securities
                  issued by any corporate trustee or any parent or affiliate
                  thereof serving hereunder; to lease as lessor or lessee any
                  property for any term of years without limitation by the
                  period of the Trust; to execute and deliver such deeds,
                  leases, and other instruments as it considers proper in
                  administering the Trust; to compromise and adjust claims in
                  favor of or against the Trust upon such terms as it considers
                  best for the Trust; and in general, full power and authority
                  to do everything in the management of and for the preservation
                  of the Trust assets which is proper and in the best interests
                  of the Trust;

                                       65
<PAGE>

                  provided that the powers granted in this paragraph (a) are
                  subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) hereof;

         b.       INVESTMENT POWERS. To invest and reinvest Trust assets in such
                  securities, real estate, leaseholds, notes and other evidences
                  of indebtedness, certificates of deposit, commercial paper,
                  partnership interests, common trust funds, insurance and
                  annuity contracts, and other property as the Trustee considers
                  wise, without regard to any statute or rule otherwise
                  restricting investments by fiduciaries; other than the
                  provisions of ERISA and the code, as they may be amended;
                  provided that the Trustee shall have the express power to
                  purchase securities on margin which is not less than the
                  minimum percentage required by law; and provided that in
                  further amplification of the above-stated powers without
                  limiting the breadth of such powers in any way, the Trustee at
                  all times shall have the power to:

                  (1)      purchase and sell listed or unlisted securities on
                           the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange,
                           Midwest Stock Exchange, and over-the-counter markets;

                  (2)      purchase and sell put-and-call options, either
                           covered or uncovered;

                  (3)      purchase and sell corporate and U.S. Treasury bonds,
                           and U.S. Treasury bills and notes;

                  (4)      purchase and sell or withdraw from any investment
                           trust or fund, cash management, ready asset, liquid
                           asset, or similar type of account, whether listed or
                           unlisted;

                  (5)      open, operate, and maintain security brokerage
                           accounts in which any security may be bought or sold,
                           on margin or otherwise;

                  (6)      hypothecate, borrow upon, purchase, and sell existing
                           securities in such accounts as the Trustee may deem
                           appropriate and useful;

         c.       POWER TO VOTE STOCK. To represent and vote stock held by the
                  Trustee at any corporate meeting; to represent and vote such
                  stock in reorganization proceedings; and to grant proxies
                  authorizing others to vote such stock at such meetings or in
                  such proceedings;

         d.       RIGHT TO USE NOMINEE. To take and hold any securities or other
                  assets in bulk, in bearer form, or in the name of either the
                  person acting as Trustee, or its nominee, without disclosing
                  any fiduciary capacity and to deposit securities and other
                  assets with any depository or depository's nominee; but the
                  Trustee shall be responsible for all assets of the Trust in
                  whatever form or name held or deposited;

         e.       BORROWING. To borrow money upon such terms as it considers
                  proper for the improvement or preservation of the Trust
                  estate, and for any sums so borrowed, to issue its promissory
                  note or notes as Trustee and secure the payment thereof by
                  mortgaging or pledging any part or all of the Trust assets.

15.6 INVESTMENT IN MUTUAL FUNDS, COMMON TRUST FUNDS, AND TRUSTEE DEPOSITS: The
Trustee is authorized to invest any potion or all of the funds of the Trust in
shares of mutual funds. While a bank is Trustee of this Trust, the Trustee is
expressly authorized to invest assets of the Trust in its own

                                       66
<PAGE>

deposits which pay a reasonable rate of interest. The Trustee is also authorized
to commingle assets of the Trust with the assets of other trusts through the
medium of any common trust fund established and administered by a bank or trust
company; in such case, the Trust created by any declaration of trust
establishing such common trust fund shall be deemed part of the Plan under which
this Trust was established and is administered.

         The Trustee is authorized to commingle assets of the Trust with the
assets of other trusts, which in each case form a part of a pension or profit
sharing plan qualified under the Code and constitute an exempt trust within the
meaning of the Code. Such assets may be commingled through the medium of any
group trust for employee benefit trusts which provides for the pooling of the
assets of plans and trusts qualified under the Code, provided that such group
trust is exempt from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code and satisfies the
requirements of Revenue Ruling 81-100, or any successor thereto. To the extent
of the equitable share of the Trust in any such group trust, the instrument
establishing such group trust, as the same has been or may be amended, and the
trust maintained thereunder, shall be deemed a part of this Plan as if fully set
forth here. The provisions of the group trust shall govern any investment of
Trust assets in that group trust.

15.7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS: The Trustee shall not be obligated to pay
interest on reasonable amounts of uninvested funds. The Trustee shall not be
required to determine the identity or mailing address of a person entitled to
benefits under this Plan, and shall have discharged its obligation in that
respect when it has sent checks and other papers by ordinary mail to such
persons at the addresses last furnished to it by the Plan Administrator. The
Trustee may withhold payment of any funds subject to dispute until the dispute
is settled by the parties or resolved by a court having jurisdiction.

         If two persons are serving as Trustee, they shall act by unanimous
consent, and if more than two persons are serving as Trustee, they shall act by
majority vote. The persons serving as Trustee may act either by vote at a
meeting or in writing without a meeting. The Trustee may, by agreement in
writing signed by all Trustees and delivered to Employer, designate one Trustee
to assume specific responsibilities, obligations, or duties, including, but not
limited to, the investment of a portion or all of the Trust assets, preparation
of reports, payment of benefits, and communication with Participants or
Beneficiaries. Any person dealing with the Trust may rely upon the act or the
authorization of the designated Trustee.

         The Employer shall indemnify and hold the Trustee harmless from any and
all claims, losses, damages, expenses (including reasonable counsel fees
approved by Employer), and liability (including any reasonable amount paid in
settlement with the approval of Employer) arising from any act or omission of
the Trustee, unless such act or omission is due to the negligence or willful
misconduct of the Trustee.

15.8 TERMINATION OF SERVICES OF TRUSTEE: A Trustee may be removed by Employer by
delivering to the Trustee a written notice to that effect. A Trustee may resign
as Trustee hereunder by delivering a written notice to Employer. Such removal or
resignation shall be effective on the date agreed to by Employer and the
Trustee. A Trustee who is removed, resigns, or dies may be replaced by Employer;
provided that upon the removal, resignation, or death of the sole Trustee, a
successor Trustee shall be appointed by Employer immediately. Such successor
Trustee, upon accepting the appointment in writing delivered to Employer and to
the replaced Trustee (or his executor or administrator), shall become vested
with the same rights, powers, duties and privileges, and immunities as the
replaced Trustee. If the replaced Trustee was the sole Trustee, he (or his
executor or administrator) shall immediately, upon delivery of the acceptance of
the successor trustee, assign and deliver to the successor Trustee all the
funds, securities, and other property then held by it under the Trust and such
records as may reasonably be required by the successor Trustee or Employer to
properly administer the Trust. If the replaced Trustee was the sole Trustee, he
(or his executor or administrator) shall within 60 days from the delivery of the
acceptance of the successor Trustee, (or in the case of death, within 60 days
after the appointment of the executor or administrator; file with Employer a
statement of the actions and accounts of the Trust covering the period from the
last annual statement to

                                       67
<PAGE>

the date of such acceptance or appointment, in a form similar to such last
annual statement. No successor Trustee shall have any duty or obligation to
inquire into the administration of the Trust prior to his acceptance as Trustee.

15.9 APPOINTMENT OF CUSTODIAN: The Employer may appoint a Custodian under the
Plan by designating one under Item 14 in the Adoption Agreement. The Custodian
shall accept appointment by executing the Adoption Agreement. The Custodian
shall have the powers, rights and duties as described in Section 15.10 to 15.17
hereof.

15.10 ESTABLISHMENT OF CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT: The Custodian shall establish and
maintain a Custodial account for the Plan or in the name of each Plan
Participant, as elected by the Employer in Item 14 of the Adoption Agreement.
The Custodian shall credit contributions to, and make payments and disbursements
from, this Account as directed by the Plan Administrator.

15.11 TRANSMITTAL OF CONTRIBUTIONS TO CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT: All contributions to
the Plan shall be transmitted to the Custodial by the Plan administrator along
with written instructions specifying the Custodial Account(s) to which the
contributions are to be credited, the amounts to be credited thereto, and any
other relevant information required by the Custodian. The Custodian shall be
responsible only for the contributions it receives.

15.12 DISBURSEMENTS FOR CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT: The Custodian shall make payments
from the Custodial Account or the Trust from time to time in accordance with
instructions received from the Plan Administrator. Distributions to Participants
or their Beneficiaries shall be made in such manner or in such amount as may be
specified in writing by the Plan Administrator. The Custodian shall be under no
liability for any distribution made by it pursuant to any such written
instruction of the Plan Administrator, and the Custodian shall have no duty to
inquire as to whether any such distribution is made in accordance with the
provisions of this Plan.

15.13 RECORDS AND REPORTS FROM CUSTODIAN: The Custodian shall keep records of
all contributions, receipts, investments, distributions, disbursements and all
other transactions. Such records shall reflect separately the amounts
contributed to the Custodial Account or the Trust by the Employer and the
amounts held in the Custodial Account or the Trust for each Participant under
Articles V and VI. Within 90 days of the close of each Plan Year or after
distribution or transfer of a Participant's Account balance or the Custodian's
resignation or removal, the Custodian shall file with the Plan Administrator or
the Trustee a written report (which may consist of copies of regularly issued
broker-dealer statements) reflecting all transactions effected by the Custodian
during the period in question and including a statement of the assets in the
Trust and the fair market value of such assets. In the absence of the filing in
writing with the Custodian by the Plan Administrator or Trustee of exceptions or
objections to the report within 60 days after mailing such report, the Plan
Administrator or Trustee, as applicable, shall be deemed to have approved such
report and the Custodian shall be released, relieved and discharged from all
liability to anyone with respect to all matters set forth in such report as
though such account had been settled by the decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction. No person other than the Plan Administrator, Trustee, or legal
representative of any of the parties may require an accounting or bring any
action against the Custodian. The Custodian shall have the right at any time to
apply to a Court of competent jurisdiction for judicial settlement of its
accounts, or for a determination of any questions of construction which may
arise, or for instructions. The only necessary party defendant to such an action
shall be the Plan Administrator, Trustee, or his legal representative, but the
custodian may, if it so elects, bring in as a party defendant any other person
or persons. The cost, including attorneys' fees, of any such action shall be
charged to the Trust as an administrative expense as provided herein.

                                       68
<PAGE>

         The Custodian shall file any tax forms or returns concerning the
Custodial Account in the Trust that are required by law to be filed by
Custodian.

15.14 INFORMATION FOR PARTICIPANTS; VOTING: The Custodian shall deliver to the
Trustee or Investment Director (if applicable) all notices, prospectuses,
financial statements, proxies and proxy solicitation material relating to the
securities in the Trust. The Custodian shall not vote any shares held hereunder
except in accordance with the instructions of the Trustee or Investment Director
(if applicable).

15.15 TRANSFER, RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF CUSTODIAN: The Custodian may resign by
written notice to the Employer and to the Sponsoring Organization which shall be
effective 60 days after delivery. The Custodian may be removed by the Employer
by written notice to the Custodian and to the Sponsoring Organization which
shall be effective 60 days after delivery. The Custodian shall deliver the
contents of the Custodial Account in the Trust to its successor on the effective
date of the resignation or removal or as soon thereafter as practicable,
provided that this shall not waive any lien the Custodian may have upon the
Trust or Accounts for its compensation or expenses.

15.16 CUSTODIAN'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND OBLIGATIONS: The Custodian shall be under
no responsibility whatsoever except such responsibility as is specifically set
forth in this Plan. Custodian shall not make any investments or dispose of any
investment held in a Trust or Custodial Account except upon the direction of the
Trustee or Investment Director. Custodian shall be under no duty to question any
such direction, to review any securities or other property held in the Trust or
Custodial Account, or to make suggestions to the Trustee or Investment Director
with respect to the investment, retention or disposition of any assets held in
the Trust or Custodial Account. The Custodian shall be under no liability for
any loss of any kind which may result by reason of any failure to act because of
the absence of any such directions. The Custodian shall have no discretion to
direct any aspect of the business administration of the Trust or Custodial
Account, but is merely authorized to acquire and hold particular investments
specified by the Trustee or Investment Director (if applicable). The Custodian
shall be fully protected in acting upon any instrument, certificate, or paper
believed by it to be genuine and signed or presented by the proper person or
persons, and the Custodian shall be under no duty to make any investigation or
inquiry as to any statement contained in any such writing but may accept the
same as conclusive evidence of the truth and accuracy of the statements therein
contained. The Employer, Investment Director, and/or Participant shall at all
times fully indemnify and hold harmless the Custodian from any liability which
may arise hereunder except liability arising from the negligence or willful
misconduct of the Custodian.

         The Custodian, pursuant to the instructions of Section 8.1, may
exercise or sell options, conversion privileges, or rights to subscribe for
additional securities and may make payments therefor. In the absence of such
directions, the Custodian shall take no action.

         Pursuant to the directions of Section 8.1, the Custodian may consent to
or participate in dissolutions, reorganizations, consolidations, mergers, sales,
leases, mortgages, transfers or other changes affecting securities held by the
Custodian. In the absence of such directions, the Custodian shall take no
action.

         Pursuant to the directions of Section 8.1, the Custodian may apply for
annuity contracts and may exercise all rights of policy ownership including but
not limited to conversion, surrender, designation of beneficiaries and the
election of dividend, nonforfeiture and settlement options. In the event of any
conflicts between the provisions of this Plan and the terms of any policy or
contract issued under the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control.

         The Custodian may hold any securities in the name of the Custodian,
without qualification or description, or in the name of any nominee.

                                       69
<PAGE>

         The Custodian may make, execute and deliver as Custodian any and all
contracts, waivers, releases or other instructions in writing necessary or
proper for the exercise of any of the foregoing powers. The Custodian shall not
be liable for any losses which may result from its failure to take action as
described above in the absence of directions from the Trustee or Investment
Director (if applicable). The Custodian may, pursuant to the directions of
Section 8.1, grant options to purchase securities held by the Custodian or to
repurchase options previously granted with respect to securities held by the
Custodian.

15.17 TYPES OF INVESTMENTS: The Custodian shall have no duty to diversify and
may make such investments in accordance with the instructions of the Trustee or
Investment Director (if applicable) without regard to whether such property is
authorized by the laws of any jurisdiction for custodial investment.

15.18 DUTIES OF INVESTMENT DIRECTOR: Subject to Article VIII and Item 9 of the
Adoption Agreement, the Investment Director as a fiduciary shall have the
authority to take all actions appropriate to direct the Custodian as to the
investment of the assets of the Custodial Account including, but not limited to,
the following:

         a.       GENERAL POWER OVER CUSTODIAL ACCOUNT INVESTMENT. To direct the
                  Custodian to sell, transfer, or exchange any or all of the
                  property of the Custodial Account at prices and upon terms
                  that it considers proper; to compromise and adjust claims in
                  favor of or against the Custodial Account upon the terms that
                  it considers best for the Custodial Account, subject to the
                  approval of the Employer, and in general, full power and
                  authority to do everything in the management and for the
                  preservation of the Custodial Account assets which is proper
                  and in the best interests of the Custodial Account; provided
                  that the powers granted in this paragraph (a) are subject to
                  the provisions of paragraph (b) that follows.

         b.       INVESTMENT POWERS. To direct the Custodian to invest and
                  reinvest Custodial Account assets in any securities, real
                  estate, leaseholds, notes and other evidences or indebtedness,
                  certificates of deposit, commercial paper, partnership
                  interests, common trust funds, and other property that the
                  Investment Director considers wise, without regard to any
                  statute or rule otherwise restricting investments by
                  fiduciaries, other than the provisions of ERISA and the Code;
                  provided that the Investment Director shall have the express
                  power to direct the Custodian to purchase securities on margin
                  which is not less than the minimum percentage required by law;
                  and provided that in further amplification of the above stated
                  powers without limiting the breadth of these powers in any
                  way, the Investment Director at all times shall have the power
                  to direct the Custodian to:

                  1.       purchase and sell listed or unlisted securities on
                           the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange,
                           Midwest Stock Exchange, and over-the-counter markets;

                  2.       purchase and sell covered call options;

                  3.       purchase and sell corporate and U.S. Treasury bonds,
                           and U.S. Treasury bills and notes;

                  4.       purchase and sell or withdraw from any investment
                           trust or fund, cash management, ready asset, liquid
                           asset, or similar type of account, whether listed or
                           unlisted; and

                  5.       hypothecate, borrow upon, purchase and sell existing
                           securities in whatever accounts the Investment
                           Director may deem appropriate.

                                       70
<PAGE>

         c.       POWER TO VOTE STOCK. To represent and vote stock held by the
                  Custodial Account at any corporate meeting; to represent and
                  vote stock in reorganization proceedings; and to grant proxies
                  authorizing others to vote stock at such meetings or
                  proceedings.

         d.       RIGHT TO USE NOMINEE. To take and hold any securities or other
                  assets in bulk, in bearer for, or in the name of either the
                  person acting as Custodian, or its nominee, without disclosing
                  any fiduciary capacity; and to deposit securities or other
                  assets with any depository; but the Custodian shall be
                  responsible for all assets of the Custodial Account in
                  whatever form or name held or deposited.

         e.       MUTUAL FUNDS. The Investment Director is authorized to direct
                  the Custodian to invest any portion or all of the funds of the
                  Custodial Account in shares of mutual funds.

                                       71
<PAGE>

                       ARTICLE XVI: ASSIGNMENT OF BENEFITS

16.1 RIGHTS NOT ASSIGNABLE: No benefit or interest available hereunder will be
subject to assignment or alienation, either voluntarily or involuntarily. The
preceding sentence shall also apply to the creation, assignment or recognition
of a right to any benefit payable with respect to a Participant pursuant to a
domestic relations order, unless such order is determined to be a Qualified
Domestic Relations Order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code. A domestic
relations order entered before January 1, 1985, will be treated as a Qualified
Domestic Relations Order if payment of benefits pursuant to the order has
commenced as of such date, and may at the sole discretion of the Plan
Administrator be treated as a Qualified Domestic Relations Order is payment of
benefits has not commenced as of such date, event thought the order does not
satisfy the requirements of Section 414(p).

16.2 PROCEDURES FOR REVIEWING DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS: Upon receipt of a
domestic relations order, the Plan Administrator shall promptly notify the
Participant and each Alternate Payee who is named in the order of the Plan
Administrator's receipt of the order. The notification shall also include a copy
of these procedures. The notification shall be sent to the Participant and each
Alternate Payee at the address for each set forth in the domestic relations
order. An Alternate Payee may designate a representative to receive copies of
all notices that are to be sent to the Alternate Payee with respect to the
domestic relations order. The Plan Administrator shall determine, within a
reasonable period of time, whether the domestic relations order specifies all of
the following:

         a.       The name and last known mailing address of the Participant and
                  the name and mailing address of each Alternate Payee covered
                  by the order.

         b.       The amount or percentage of a Participant's benefits to be
                  paid by the Plan to each alternative Payee or the manner in
                  which such amount or percentage is to be determined.

         c.       The number of payments or the period of time to which the
                  order applies.

The Plan Administrator shall also determine, within a reasonable period of time,
whether the domestic relations order meets the following requirements.

         1.       It does not require the Plan to provide for any type or form
                  of benefits, or any option, not otherwise provided under the
                  Plan.

         2.       It does not require the Plan to provide increased benefits
                  (determined on the basis of actuarial value).

         3.       It does not require that benefits be paid to an Alternate
                  Payee that are required to be paid to another Alternate Payee
                  under another order previously determined to be a Qualified
                  Domestic Relations Order.

While the qualified status of the domestic relations order is being determined,
the Plan Administrator shall instruct the Trustee to segregate or escrow any
amount payable to the Alternate Payee which it currently in pay status and the
Trustee shall so segregate any such amount, if the domestic relations order is
determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order (QDRO) within 18 months
after its receipt by the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee
to pay the segregated or escrowed amounts, plus any interest thereon, to the
person or persons entitled to receive them. If the domestic relations order is
determined not be a QDRO or if the issue cannot be resolved within 18 months
after its receipt by the Plan and if benefits are in pay status, then the Plan
Administrator shall direct the Trustee to pay the segregated amounts, plus any
interest thereon, to the person or persons who would have been entitled to such
amounts if there had been no domestic relations order. Any determination that a
domestic relations

                                       72
<PAGE>

order is a QDRO which is made by the Plan Administrator after the close of the
18-month determination period shall be applied prospectively only.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, payment to an Alternate Payee
may be made at any time after the domestic relations order is determined to be a
QDRO under Section 414(p) of the Code and any such order shall not fail to be a
QDRO solely because it calls for payment to be made to an Alternate Payee as
soon as administratively possible after such determination by the Plan
Administrator.

                                       73
<PAGE>

                     ARTICLE XVII: FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY

17.1 PRUDENT MAN RULE: In all actions taken under this Plan, each fiduciary
shall discharge his duties solely in the interest of the Participants and their
Beneficiaries, for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants
and their Beneficiaries and of defraying reasonable expenses of administering
the Plan. It shall do so with care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the
circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and
familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like
character and with like aims. Investments of the Plan shall be diversified so as
to minimize the risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is
clearly prudent not to do so. The investment of all or any portion of the Plan
assets in federally insured accounts shall be permitted. This plan shall be
administered in accordance with the provisions of this document (including the
Adoption Agreement) and applicable law.

17.2 RESPONSIBILITY FOR AGENTS: Subject to the other provisions of this Article,
neither the Employer, the Plan Administrator (if different than Employer), the
Investment Director, the Sponsoring Organization, the Custodian, nor the
Trustee, shall be liable for an act or omission of any agent appointed by any
one of them in carrying out the responsibility for which the agent was
appointed, unless with respect to the delegation of authority to appoint, or the
designation of such agent, or in continuing the delegation or designation, the
Employer, the Plan Administrator, the Investment Director, the Sponsoring
Organization, the Custodian, or the Trustee has breached its duties set forth in
this Plan.

17.3 LIABILITY WHILE NOT ACTING AS A FIDUCIARY: No fiduciary of this Plan shall
be liable for a breach of fiduciary duty, unless the breach was committed while
he was a fiduciary.

17.4 LIABILITY FOR BREACH BY CO-FIDUCIARY: A fiduciary shall not be liable for
the acts or omissions of a co-fiduciary unless:

         a.       he knowingly participates in or attempts to conceal an act or
                  omission of another fiduciary when he knows the act or
                  omission is a breach of fiduciary responsibility by the other
                  fiduciary; or

         b.       he knows of a breach by another fiduciary and does not make
                  reasonable efforts to remedy the breach; or

         c.       the fiduciary's breach of his own fiduciary responsibility
                  enables the other fiduciary to commit a breach.

17.5 PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS: Subject to the last sentence of this Section, a
fiduciary shall not cause the Plan to engage in a transaction if he knows or
should know that the transaction is a direct or indirect:

         a.       sale, exchange, or leasing of any property between the Plan
                  and a disqualified person as defined in Section 4975(e)(2) of
                  the Code;

         b.       lending of money or other extension of credit between the Plan
                  and a disqualified person, except as expressly permitted by
                  this Plan;

         c.       furnishing of goods, services, or facilities between the Plan
                  and a disqualified person;

         d.       transfer to, or use by, or for the benefit of, a disqualified
                  person of the income or assets of the Plan;

                                       74
<PAGE>

         e.       act by a disqualified person who is a fiduciary whereby he
                  deals with the income or assets of the Plan in his own
                  interest or for his own account; or

         f.       receipt of any consideration for his own personal account by
                  any disqualified person who is a fiduciary from any party
                  dealing with the Plan in connection with a transaction
                  involving the income or assets of the Plan.

         A fiduciary shall not in his individual or in any other capacity, act
in any transaction involving the Plan on behalf of a party (or representing a
party) whose interests are adverse to the interests of the Plan or the interests
of its Participants or Beneficiaries. A fiduciary who has authority or
discretion to control or manage the assets of the Trust shall not permit the
Trust to hold any Employer security or Employer real property if the fiduciary
knows or should know that holding the security or real property would violate
the limitations set forth in Section 406 and 407 of ERISA. The restrictions of
this Section shall not be applicable to any transaction which is exempted from
the requirements of Sections 406 and 407 of ERISA by Section 408 of ERISA and
other statute regulation, or ruling.

                                       75
<PAGE>

                        ARTICLE XVIII: GENERAL PROVISIONS

18.1 PARTICIPANTS TO FURNISH INFORMATION: Each Participant entitled to benefits
under the Plan shall furnish to the Plan Administrator evidence, data, or
information that the Plan Administrator considers necessary or desirable in
order to properly administer the Plan.

18.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS: The Plan shall be binding upon the successors and
assigns of Employer.

18.3 LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY: Neither Employer, nor the Plan Administrator, nor
the Investment Director, nor the Sponsoring Organization, nor the Custodian, nor
the Trustee, shall be liable to any person in acting upon any notice, request,
consent, letter, telegram, or other instrument believed without negligence and
in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper person
or persons.

18.4 AGENCY AND COURT PROCEEDINGS: In any application to or proceeding before an
administrative agency or in any court action, only the agent for the Employer as
designated in Item 2 of the Adoption Agreement (if different than the Employer)
shall be a necessary party. No Participant or other person having an interest in
the Plan shall be entitled to any notice or service of process, except as
required by law upon submission of this Plan or any amendment thereto to the
Internal Revenue Service for a determination as to its qualified status. Any
decision or judgment entered in any application, proceeding, or action shall be
conclusive upon all persons claiming an interest in this Plan. Service of
process shall be made upon Employer at is principal place of business and upon
the Plan Administrator at its principal place of business.

18.5 APPLICATION FOR LETTER: Except as otherwise provided in Item 15 of the
Adoption Agreement, Employer shall promptly submit the Adoption Agreement and
all necessary supporting documents to the Internal Revenue Service with a
request for a determination letter that the Plan set forth in this document
meets the requirements of Section 4-01(a) of the Code, and shall notify each
Employee of this request on or before the submission date. In the event that the
Commissioner of Internal Revenue determines that the Plan is not initially
qualified under the Code, any contribution made incident to that initial
qualification by the Employer must be returned to the Employer within one year
after the date the initial qualification is denied, but only if the application
for the qualification is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the
Employer's return for the taxable year in which the Plan is adopted, or such
later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe. If the Employer's
plan fails to attain or retain qualification, such Plan will no longer
participate in this Prototype Plan and will be considered an individually
designed Plan.

                                       76
<PAGE>

                       MCDONALD & COMPANY SECURITIES, INC.
                 PROTOTYPE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION RETIREMENT PLAN
                             ADOPTION AGREEMENT 003
                       NONSTANDARDIZED PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                             WITH 401(K) ARRANGEMENT

                 ---------------------------------------------

         In accordance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974
(ERISA), the undersigned Employer by this Adoption Agreement establishes the
HOME SAVINGS & LOAN COMPANY 401(k) Savings Plan, Employer-assigned Plan Number
001, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Adoption Agreement and the
provisions of the McDonald & Company Securities, Inc. Prototype Defined
Contribution Retirement Plan document (the "Plan"), which the Employer has read,
accepts, and specifically incorporates herein by reference. All terms used in
this Adoption Agreement, when capitalized, shall have the same meanings set
forth in Article II of the Plan document.

         The Employer hereby certifies that the following information is correct
and makes the following elections granted under the provisions of the Plan.

1.   PRELIMINARY INFORMATI

     A.   EMPLOYER

     Name of Employer:  The Home Savings & Loan Company of Youngstown, Ohio
                        ---------------------------------------------------

     Business Address:  275 Federal Plaza West
                        ----------------------

     City:  Youngstown               State:  Ohio      Zip Code  44503-1203
           -------------             ------------               -----------

     Phone Number:  330-742-0500      Tax Identification Number:  34-0296160
                        --------------                              -----------
     The Employer is a :         Sole Proprietor              Partnership
                        --------                      -------
                            X    Corporation                  S Corporation
                        --------                      -------
     Employer's Year for Federal Income Tax or Tax Reporting Purposes:
                 X   Calendar Year       Fiscal Year beginning on first day of
               -----                -----
                                                  _______________ each year
                                                     (month)

     B.   ADDITIONAL ADOPTING EMPLOYERS

     Name of Additional Adopting Employer: ____________________________________

     Business Address: ________________________________________________________

     City: ______________     State: ________            Zip Code _________

     Phone Number: _______________    Tax Identification Number: __________

     The Employer is a :         Sole Proprietor               Partnership
                        --------                      --------
                                 Corporation                   S Corporation
                        --------                     ---------

     Employer's Year for Federal Income Tax or Tax Reporting Purposes:
                Calendar Year       Fiscal Year beginning on first day of
          -----                -----
                                                _______________ each year
                                                    (month)

<PAGE>

     Name of Additional Adopting Employer: ________________________________

     Business Address: ____________________________________________________

     City: ______________      State: ________          Zip Code___________

     Phone Number: _______________     Tax Identification Number: _________

     The Employer is a :      Sole Proprietor                 Partnership
                        -----                           -----
                              Corporation                     S Corporation
                        -----                           -----

     Employer's Year for Federal Income Tax or Tax Reporting Purposes:
                Calendar Year         Fiscal Year beginning on first day of
          -----                 -----

                                                  _______________ each year
                                                       (month)

     If more space is needed, attach additional sheets.

     C.   TRUSTEE

     The Trustee shall be the person(s)/entity named below, hereinafter referred
     to as "Trustee".

     Trustee:   The Riggs National Bank of Washington, D.C.
              ----------------------------------------------------
     Business Address:          P.O. Box 96215
                       -----------------------
     City: Washington, D.C.       State:               Zip Code: 20090-6215
           ------------------            ------                  ----------
     Phone Number: 301-887-4806        Identification Number:
                       ------------                               -------------

2.   ADMINISTRATOR

     The Plan Administrator, unless otherwise designated below, is the Employer.
     The Plan Administrator will be the "named fiduciary" for the Plan and shall
     be the agent for the service of legal process.

     Name of Administrator: The Home Savings & Loan Co. c/o Pamela S. Kloss
                            -----------------------------------------------
     Address:   275 Federal Plaza West
              ------------------------
     City:    Youngstown      State:  Ohio            Zip Code:  44503-1203
           -----------------        ---------                    -----------
     Phone Number:  330-742-0500      Tax Identification Number:
                   -------------                                 ----------

3.   SPONSORING ORGANIZATION

     A.   The Sponsoring Organization of the Plan is:

          McDonald & Company Securities, Inc.
                  800 Superior Avenue
                    Cleveland, OH
                 44114 (216) 443-2300

     B.   The Sponsoring Organization will inform the Employer of any amendments
          made to the Plan, or of the  discontinuance of its sponsorship of this
          Plan as a Prototype Plan.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
4.   PLAN DATES

     A.   EFFECTIVE DATE (CHOOSE ONE)

          ( )  This is a New Plan, with an effective date of _______________
               19__.

          (X)  This is an amended and restated Plan. The original Effective Date
               of the Plan was JANUARY 1 , 1993. The effective date of this
               restatement is JANUARY 1 , 1996.

     B.   PLAN YEAR (CHOOSE ONE)

          i.   INITIAL PLAN YEAR (NEW PLAN) . If this is a New Plan its first
               plan year shall run from __________ to __________. Thereafter,
               the Plan Year shall be the 12-consecutive month period commencing
               on ________________ and each anniversary thereof. If no Plan Year
               is specified, the Plan Year shall be the 12-consecutive month
               period ending on the last day of the Employer's Accounting
               Period.

          ii.  PLAN YEAR (RESTATED PLAN . The Plan year shall be the
               12-consecutive month period commencing on JANUARY 1 and ending on
               DECEMBER 31 , and any subsequent 12-month period beginning on any
               JANUARY 1 . For periods prior to the Effective Date specified
               above, a Plan Year means any period specified in prior plan
               documents. If no Plan Year is specified, the Plan Year shall be
               the 12-consecutive month period ending on the last day of the
               Employer's Accounting Period.

     C.   LIMITATION YEAR

          The Limitation Year shall be the 12-consecutive month period
          commencing on JANUARY 1 and each anniversary thereof. All qualified
          plans maintained by the Employer must use the same Limitation Year. If
          no Limitation Year is specified, the Limitation Year shall be the Plan
          Year.

     D.   VALUATION DATE

          The Valuation Date shall be last day of each (CHOOSE ONE)

          ( )  Plan Year.

          ( )  Calendar Quarter

          (X)  Other Daily .
                     ---------------------------------------------

          If no date is chosen, the Valuation Date shall be the last day of each
          Plan Year.

5.   ELIGIBILITY

     A.   AGE AND SERVICE REQUIREMENTS

          Each Employee will be eligible to participate in this Plan on the
          applicable Participation Date specified in Item 5(C), in accordance
          with Article III, except the following:

          (X)  Age requirement. Employees who have not attained the age of 20
               (cannot exceed 21).

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

     *    (X)  Service Requirement. Employees who have not completed 6 months of
               Service (cannot exceed 1 year unless the Plan provides a
               nonforfeitable right to 100% of the Participant's Account balance
               derived from Employer contributions after not more than two Years
               of Service, in which case up to two years is permissible). If the
               Year(s) of Service selected is or includes a fractional year, an
               Employee will not be required to complete any specified number of
               Hours of Service to receive credit for such fractional year.

          (X)  Employees included in a unit of employees covered by a collective
               bargaining agreement between the Employer and employee
               representatives, if retirement benefits were the subject of good
               faith bargaining. For this purpose, the term "employee
               representatives" does not include any organization more than half
               of whose members are employees who are owners, officers, or
               executives of the Employer.

          (X)  Employees who are nonresident aliens (within the meaning of
               Section 7701 (b) (1) (B) of the Code) and who receive no earned
               income from the Employer which constitutes income from sources
               within the United States.

          (X)  Other   Limited Service Employees .
                       --------------------------------------------------------

          ( )  Notwithstanding the requirement listed above, each Employee who
               is an Employee on ________ will be eligible to participate in the
               Plan as of __________. Individuals who become employed after
               __________ shall become participants on the Participation Date
               described in Item 5(C) after completing the eligibility
               requirements described above.

     B.   ELIGIBILITY FOR 401(K) OPTION

          (X)  This Plan shall include a 401(k) Arrangement in accordance with
               Article VI. Each Employee shall be eligible to make the election
               in Section 6.3 and participate in the 401(k) Arrangement of
               Article VI, except the following.

          (X)  Age requirement. Employees who have not attained the age of 20
               (cannot exceed 21).

     *    (X)  Service Requirement. Employees who have not attained the age of 6
               Months of Service (cannot exceed 1 year).

          (X)  Employees included in a unit of employees covered by a collective
               bargaining agreement between the Employer and employee
               representatives, if retirement benefits were the subject of good
               faith bargaining. For the purpose, the term "employee
               representatives" does not include any organization more than half
               of whose members are employees who are owners, officers, or
               executives of the Employer.

          (X)  Employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no earned
               income from the Employer which constitutes income from sources
               within the United States.

          (X)  Other  Limited Service Employees .
                      -----------------------------------------------------

*YEARS OF SERVICE SHALL INCLUDE ALL YEARS OF SERVICE WITH INDUSTRIAL SAVINGS AND
 LOAN ASSOCIATION.

AMENDED ON ________, EFFECTIVE ON AND AFTER THE ACQUISITION DATE OF INDUSTRIAL
SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

          ( )  Notwithstanding the requirements listed above, each employee
               who is employed on __________ will be eligible to participate in
               the Plan as of __________. Individuals who become employed after
               _________ shall become participants on the Participation Date
               described in Item 5(C) after completing the eligibility
               requirements described above.

C.   PARTICIPATION DATES (CHOOSE (i), (ii), (iii) OR (iv))

     (i)  ( )  Single Participation Date each year: _______________________
               (CHOOSE ONE)                             (month and day)

          ( )  An Employee shall become a Participant on the Participation
               date NEAREST the date he satisfies the requirements of Item 5(A).

          ( )  An Employee shall become a Participant on the Participation
               Date in the Plan Year in which the Employee satisfies the
               requirements of Item 5(A) (retroactive entry date).

     (ii) ( )  Dual Participation Dates. The Participation Dates shall be the
               first day of the Plan Year, and the first day of the seventh
               month of the Plan Year. An Employee shall become a Participant on
               the Participation Date (CHOOSE ONE)

          ( )  nearest

          ( )  coincident with or first following the date he satisfies the
               requirements of Item 5(A).

     (iii)(X)  Multiple Participation Dates. The Participation Dates shall be
               the first day of the period designated below coincident with or
               first following the date an Employee satisfies the requirements
               of Item 5(A). (CHOOSE ONE)

               ( )  month

               ( )  calendar year quarter

               (X)  Plan Year quarter.

     (iv) Daily Participation Dates. The Participation Dates shall be the day
          coincident with the date an Employee satisfies the requirements of
          Item 5(A).

If no date is specified, the Participation Date shall be a single Participation
Date as described in C(i) above, which shall be the first day of the Plan Year
nearest the date the Participant satisfies the requirements of Item 5(A).

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

6.       EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

         A.       CONTRIBUTIONS

                  i.       ALLOCATION OF EMPLOYER DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTIONS

                           The Employer in its sole discretion may contribute
                           any amount as it shall decide for each Plan Year.
                           Contributions to the Plan shall be made from the
                           general assets of Employer and shall not exceed 15%
                           of the total Plan Compensation paid to all
                           Participants in this Plan from its Effective Date. If
                           this Plan is maintained by an entity other than a
                           corporation, the contribution shall not exceed 15% of
                           the Plan compensation paid to all Participants for
                           the Accounting Period for which the contribution is
                           being made.

                           Employer Contributions shall be allocated to the
                           Account of each Participant entitled to an allocation
                           under 6(C) as selected below. The amount allocated on
                           behalf of any individual Participant will not exceed
                           the lesser of 25% of Compensation of $30,000.00 (or
                           such larger amount determined by the Secretary of
                           Treasury).

                           (Note: The Plan Compensation of a Self-employed
                           Individual is defined as his net earnings from
                           self-employment as reduced by an deductible
                           contribution to this Plan. As a result, the maximum
                           deductible percentage of Plan Compensation that may
                           be contributed for a Self-employed Individual is
                           13.04348% of his net earnings from self-employment
                           before any Employer contributions to this Plan.)

                           (CHOOSE ONE FORM OF ALLOCATION)

                           (X)      UNIFORM ALLOCATION FOR ALL PARTICIPANTS

                                    After allocation of any Minimum Contribution
                                    required by Article XII because the Plan is
                                    top heavy, the Employer's contribution shall
                                    be credited to the Account of each
                                    Participant entitled to an allocation under
                                    Section 6(C) in the proportion that each
                                    Participant's total Plan Compensation for
                                    the Plan Year bears to the total Plan
                                    Compensation of all Participants for the
                                    Plan Year.

                           (   )    ALLOCATION INTEGRATED WITH SOCIAL SECURITY

                                    Subject to the overall permitted disparity
                                    limit. Employer contributions for the Plan
                                    Year will be allocated to the Accounts of
                                    Participants entitled to an allocation under
                                    Section 6(C) as follows:

                                    STEP ONE: If the Plan is top heavy,
                                    contributions will be allocated to each
                                    Participant's Account in the ratio that each
                                    Participant's Plan compensation bears to the
                                    total of all Participants' Plan
                                    Compensation, but not in excess of 3% of
                                    each Participant's Plan Compensation.

                                    STEP TWO: If the Plan is top heavy, any
                                    contributions remaining after the allocation
                                    in Step One will be allocated to each
                                    Participant's Account in the ratio that each
                                    Participant's Plan Compensation for the Plan
                                    Year in excess of the Integration Level
                                    bears to the total excess Plan Compensation
                                    of all Participants, but not in excess of 3%
                                    of each Participant's Plan Compensation in
                                    excess of the Integration Level. For
                                    purposes of this Step Two, in the case of
                                    any Participant who has exceeded the
                                    cumulative permitted disparity limit
                                    described below, such

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

                                    Participant's total Plan Compensation for
                                    the Plan Year will be taken into account.

                                    STEP THREE: Any contributions remaining
                                    after the allocation in Step Two will be
                                    allocated to each Participant's Account in
                                    the ratio that the sum of each Participant's
                                    Plan Compensation and Plan Compensation in
                                    excess of the Integration Level bears to the
                                    sum of all Participants' Plan Compensation
                                    and Plan Compensation in excess of the
                                    Integration Level, but not in excess of the
                                    Profit Sharing Maximum Disparity Rate times
                                    the sum of the Participant's Plan
                                    Compensation and Plan Compensation in excess
                                    of the Integration Level. For purposes of
                                    this Step Three, in the case of any
                                    Participant who has exceeded the cumulative
                                    permitted disparity limit described below,
                                    two times such Participant's total Plan
                                    Compensation for the Plan Year will be taken
                                    into account.

                                    STEP FOUR: Any remaining Employer
                                    contributions will be allocated to each
                                    Participant's Account in the ratio that each
                                    Participant's Plan Compensation bears to the
                                    total of all Participants' Plan
                                    Compensation.

                                    ANNUAL OVERALL PERMITTED DISPARITY LIMIT:
                                    Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs,
                                    for any Plan Year this Plan benefits any
                                    Participant who benefits under another
                                    qualified plan or simplified employee
                                    pension, as defined in Section 408(k) of the
                                    Code, maintained by the Employer that
                                    provides for permitted disparity (or imputes
                                    disparity), Employer contributions will be
                                    allocated to the Account of each Participant
                                    who is entitled to an allocation under
                                    Section 6(C) in the ratio that such
                                    Participant's total Plan Compensation bears
                                    to the total Plan Compensation of all
                                    Participants.

                                    CUMULATIVE PERMITTED DISPARITY LIMIT:
                                    Effective for Plan Years beginning on or
                                    after January 1, 1985, the cumulative
                                    permitted disparity limit for a Participant
                                    is 35 total cumulative permitted disparity
                                    years. Total cumulative permitted years
                                    means the number of years credited to the
                                    Participant for allocation or accrual
                                    purposes under this Plan, any other
                                    qualified plan or simplified employee
                                    pension plan (whether or not terminated)
                                    ever maintained by the Employer. For
                                    purposes of determining the Participant's
                                    cumulative permitted disparity limit, all
                                    years ending in the same calendar year are
                                    treated as the same year. If the Participant
                                    has not benefited under a defined benefit or
                                    target benefit plan for any year beginning
                                    on or after January 1, 1994, the Participant
                                    has no cumulative disparity limit.

                                    The Profit Sharing Maximum Disparity Rate is
                                    equal to the lesser of:

                                    (a)      If the plan is top heavy 2.7%;
                                             otherwise 5.7%; or

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

                                    (b)      the applicable percentage
                                             determined accordance with the
                                             table below:

           If the Integration Level                   the applicable
                                                      --------------
        is more than   but not more than               percentage is
        ------------   -----------------               -------------
                                              If the Plan        If the Plan
                                              is top heavy    is not top heavy

             $0               X                   2.7%            5.7%

              X           80% of TWB              1.3%            4.3%

         80% of TWB           Y                   2.4%            5.4%

TWB = Taxable Wage Base
X = the greater of $10,000 or 20 percent of the TWB
Y = any amount more than the 80% of the TWB but less than 100% of the TWB

If the Integration Level selected is equal to the Taxable Wage Base, the
applicable percentage is 2.7% if the Plan is top heavy, and 5.7% if the Plan is
not top heavy.

The Taxable Wage Base is the contribution and benefits base in effect under
Section 230 of the Social Security Act in effect as of the beginning of the Plan
Year.

The Integration Level is equal to (CHOOSE ONE):

                  ( )  Taxable Wage Base

                  ( )  $______________ (a dollar amount less than the Taxable
                       Wage Base)

                  ( )  _______% of TWB (not to exceed 100%)

         ii.      401(K) ARRANGEMENT

                  (X)  This Plan shall include a 401(k) Arrangement in
                       accordance with Article VI.

                       A Participant may contribute (CHOOSE ONE)

                  ( )  any amount up to ________% of Plan Compensation

                  (X)  any amount from 1% to 15% of Plan Compensation
                                                    -     --

                  a.   MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. (Choose (1) or (2))

                       (1)  ( )  Employer may not make Matching Contributions

                       (2)  (X)  Employer may make Matching Contributions as
                                 described below

                            (A)  MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. (CHOOSE (i) OR (ii)
                                 BELOW)

                                 (i) (X)  DISCRETIONARY MATCHING CONTRIBUTION.
                                          In it discretion the Employer MAY

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

                                          allocate an amount to each eligible
                                          Participant's Matching Contribution
                                          Subaccount. Such amount shall be
                                          determined in the sole discretion of
                                          the Employer. Eligible Participants
                                          are those Participants designated as
                                          eligible below.

                                 (ii) ( ) NONDISCRETIONARY MATCHING
                                          CONTRIBUTIONS. The Employer SHALL
                                          allocate to each Participant's
                                          Matching Contribution Subaccount an
                                          amount equal to ______% of the
                                          Participant's Elective Deferrals.
                                          The Employer shall not match amounts
                                          provided above in excess of (CHOOSE
                                          ONE)

                                          (  ) $_________.

                                          (  )  _____% of the Participant's Plan
                                                Compensation.

                                           Eligible Participants are designated
                                           below.

                            (B)   ELIGIBILITY FOR MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. As
                                  selected above, the Employer shall allocate
                                  the matching contribution (if made) to
                                  (CHOOSE ONE):

                                  (i)  (X) all 401(k) Participants

                                  (ii) ( ) all 401(k) Participants who are
                                           Nonhighly-compensated Employees who
                                           make Elective Deferrals to the Plan.

                            (C)   Matching Contributions will be vested in
                                  accordance with the following schedule
                                  (CHOOSE ONE):

                                  (i)  ( ) nonforfeitable at all times.

                                  (ii) (X) the vesting schedule selected by the
                                           Employer in Item 12 or this Adoption
                                           Agreement.

                  b.   QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. (CHOOSE (1) OR (2))

                       (1)  (X)  DISCRETIONARY QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.
                                 In its discretion the Employer may make
                                 Qualified Matching Contributions to the Plan
                                 on behalf of the Participant selected below.

                       (2)  ( )  NONDISCRETIONARY QUALIFIED MATCHING
                                 CONTRIBUTIONS. The Employer SHALL contribute
                                 and allocate to each Participant's Qualified
                                 Matching Contribution Subaccount an amount
                                 equal to _____% of the

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

                                 Participant's Elective Deferrals. The Employer
                                 shall not match amounts provided above in
                                 excess of (CHOOSE ONE)

                                 ( )  $_______________.

                                 ( )  _____% of the Participant's Plan
                                      Compensation

                       (3)  As selected above the Employer will allocate
                            Qualified Matching Contributions (if made) to the
                            Plan on behalf of (CHOOSE ONE)

                            ( ) all 501(k) Participants

                            (X) all 401(k) Participants who are Nonhighly-
                                compensated Employees who make Elective
                                Deferrals to the Plan.

                  c.   QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS. The Employer may
                       make Qualified Nonelective Contributions to the Plan in
                       such amount and at such times as may be determined by
                       the Employer. Allocation of Qualified Nonelective
                       Contributions shall be made to the Accounts of (CHOOSE
                       ONE)

                       ( ) all Participants.

                       (X) all Participants who are Nonhighly-compensated
                           Employees.

                       Allocation of Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall
                       be made (CHOOSE ONE)

                       (X) in the ratio which each Participant's Plan
                           Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total
                           Plan Compensation of all Participants for such Plan
                           Year.

                       ( ) in the ratio which each Participant's Plan
                           Compensation not in excess of $_____________ for the
                           Plan Year bears to the total Plan Compensation of all
                           Participants not in excess of $__________ for such
                           Plan Year.

                  d.   ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE (ADP) TEST. Qualified Matching
                       Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions
                       may be taken into account as Elective Deferrals for
                       purposes of calculating the ADP. In determining Elective
                       Deferrals for the purpose of the ADP test, the Employer
                       shall include Qualified Matching Contributions and
                       Qualified Nonelective Contributions under this Plan or
                       any other plan of the Employer, as provided by
                       Regulations. The Amount of Qualified Matching
                       Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions
                       made and taken into account as Elective Deferrals for
                       purposes of calculating the ADP, subject to such other
                       requirements as may be prescribed by the secretary of
                       the Treasury, shall be such as are needed to meet the
                       Actual Deferral Percentage test stated in Article VI.

                  e.   AVERAGE CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE. In computing the
                       Average Contribution Percentage, the Employer shall take
                       into account, and include as Contribution Percentage
                       Amounts, Elective Deferrals and Qualified Nonelective
                       Contributions under this Plan or any other plan of

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

                       the Employer, as provided by Regulations. The amount
                       of Elective Deferrals and Qualified Nonelective
                       Contributions that are made under this Plan and taken
                       into Account as Contribution Percentage Amounts for
                       purposes of calculating the Average Contribution
                       Percentage, subject to such other requirements as may be
                       prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury, shall be
                       such as are needed to meet the Average Contribution
                       Percentage test stated in Article VI. Forfeitures of
                       Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be (CHOOSE ONE)

                       (X) applied to reduce Employer contributions.

                       ( ) allocated, after all other forfeitures under the
                           Plan, to each Participant's Matching Contribution
                           Subaccount in the ratio which each Participant's Plan
                           Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total
                           Plan Compensation of all Participants for such Plan
                           Year. Such forfeitures will not be allocated to the
                           Account of any Highly-compensated Employee.

                  f.   EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS. Participants who claim Excess
                       Elective Deferrals for the preceding taxable year must
                       submit their claims in writing to the Plan Administrator
                       by MARCH 15. (Specify a date before April 15 to allow the
                       Plan Administrator to distribute any Excess Elective
                       Deferrals by April 15.)

                  g.   DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTIVE DEFERRALS, QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE
                       CONTRIBUTIONS, AND QUALIFIED MATCHING
                       CONTRIBUTIONS. Distribution of such amounts shall be in
                       accordance with Article X of the Plan. Distribution of
                       such amounts may also be made upon the occurrence of the
                       following events (CHOOSE ALL THAT APPLY):

                       (X) the attainment of age 59-1/2 by a Participant.

                       (X) the termination of the Plan without the establishment
                           of another define contribution plan, other than an
                           employee stock ownership plan (as defined in Section
                           4975(e) or Section 409 of the Code) or a simplified
                           employee pension plan as defined in Section 408(k)
                           of the Code.

                       (X) the disposition by a corporation to an unrelated
                           corporation of substantially all of the assets
                           (within the meaning of Section 409(d)(2) of the Code)
                           used in a trade or business of such corporation if
                           such corporation continues to maintain this Plan
                           after the disposition, but only with respect to
                           Employees who continue employment with the
                           corporation Acquiring such assets.

                       (X) the disposition by a corporation to an unrelated
                           entity of such corporation's interest in a subsidiary
                           (within the meaning of Section 409(d)(3) of the Code)
                           if such corporation continues to maintain this Plan,
                           but only with respect to Employees who continue
                           employment with such subsidiary.

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

                  h.   HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS (CHOOSE ONE):

                       (X) The Employer will permit distribution of a
                           Participant's Elective Deferrals on account of
                           the Hardship of the Participant as described in
                           Section 6.8.

                       ( ) The Employer will not permit distribution of a
                           Participant's Elective Deferrals on account of
                           the Hardship of the Participant as described in
                           Section 6.8.

      B.    COMPENSATION

            Plan Compensation for purposes of contributions will mean all of
            each Participant's W-2 earnings which are actually paid to the
            Participant for (CHOOSE ONE)

            (X)   the Plan Year.

            ( )   a 12-consecutive month period ending with or within the Plan
                  Year, commencing on _______________. For Employees whose date
                  of hire is less than 12 months before the end of the 12 month
                  period designated above, compensation will be determined over
                  the Plan Year.

            ( )   the calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year.

            If no period is specified, Plan Compensation shall be determined
            based on the Plan Year.

            Plan Compensation (X) shall include ( ) shall NOT include Employer
            contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which
            are not includible in the gross income of the Employee under
            Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b) of the Code.

      C.    ENTITLEMENT TO ALLOCATION

            Participants entitled to an allocation of the Employer contribution
            described in Item 6(A)(i) shall be those who (CHOOSE ALL THAT APPLY)

            (X)   are employed on the last day of the Plan Year for which the
                  Employer contribution is made.

            ( )   terminate employment with the Employer during the Plan Year
                  for which the contribution is made, but only if the
                  Participant has been credited with at least 501 Hours of
                  Service during that Plan Year.

            ( )   are credited with at least __________ (not more than 1,000)
                  Hours of Service during the Plan Year for which the Employer
                  contribution is made, whether or not employed by the Employer
                  on the last day of the Plan Year.

            ( )   are employed on the last day of the Plan Year for which the
                  Employer contribution is made and are credited with at
                  least ________________ (not more than 1000) Hours of Service
                  during the Plan Year for which the contribution is made.

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

7.    LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS

      If the Employer maintains or ever maintained another qualified plan in
      which any participant in this Plan is (or was) a participant or could
      become a participant, the Employer must complete this section.

      A.    If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined
            contribution plan maintained by the Employer, other than a Master or
            Prototype Plan (CHOOSE ONE)

            (X)   the provisions of Section 4.6 will apply as if the other plan
                  were a Master or Prototype Plan.

            ( )   _____________________________________________________________
                  _____________________________________________________________

                  (Provide the method under which the plans will limit total
                  Annual Additions to the Maximum Permissible Amount, and will
                  properly reduce any Excess Amounts, in a manner that precludes
                  Employer discretion.)

      B.    If the Participant is or has ever been a participant in a defined
            benefit plan maintained by the Employer, the amount of any Annual
            Additions to a Participant's Account will be limited as follows:

            BY REDUCING THE ANNUAL ADDITIONS IN THIS PLAN AS NECESSARY TO
            SATISFY THE SECTION 415 LIMITS

      C.    The minimum allocation required for any year in which this Plan is
            top heavy (CHOOSE ONE)

            (X)   shall be made to this Plan.

            ( )   shall be made to another plan maintained by the Employer as
                  follows: ____________________________________________________

      D.    Present value: For purposes of establishing present value to compute
            the top-heavy ratio, any benefit shall be discounted only for
            mortality and interest based on an interest rate of 6% and the UP
            1984 Mortality Table unless otherwise specified below:

                   Interest Rate:            %
                                     -----------
                   Mortality Table
                                  ---------------------------------------------

8.    ROLLOVERS AND TRANSFERS TO PARTICIPANT'S ACCOUNT; LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS

      A.    ROLLOVERS (CHOOSE ONE)

            (X)   This Plan shall permit an Employee to roll over cash or other
                  property he has received from his interest in another
                  qualified plan, according to Section 5.2.

            ( )   This Plan shall not accept rollover contributions from
                  Employees.

      B.    TRANSFERS (CHOOSE ONE)

            (X)   This plan shall permit an Employee to request a direct
                  transfer to this Plan of his interest in another qualified
                  plan, according to Section 5.3.

            ( )   This Plan shall not accept transfers from another qualified
                  plan.

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

            C.    LOAN (CHOOSE ONE)

                  (X)   This Plan shall permit a Participant or Beneficiary to
                        borrow from his Vested Account Balance.

                  ( )   This Plan shall not permit loans to Participants or
                        Beneficiaries.

9.    INVESTMENT DIRECTION (CHOOSE ONE SOURCE OF INVESTMENT DIRECTION BETWEEN A
      OR B)

      A.    ( )   A Participant MAY NOT request that all or any portion of his
                  Account be segregated and invested as the Participant directs.
                  If a Trustee is named the Trustee shall make all investment
                  decisions. If no Trustee is named, the Employer shall name an
                  Investment Director below:

                  Name of Investment Director
                                              ---------------------------------
                  Address
                         ------------------------------------------------------
                  City                     State              Zip
                      --------------------       ------------     -------------

      B.    (X)   A Participant MAY request that all or part of his Account be
                  segregated and invested as the Participant --- directs in
                  accordance with Section 8.3 of the Plan and as specified
                  below:

                  If a Trustee is named, the Participant shall direct the
                  Trustee in accordance with the limitations as described in
                  this Item 9(B) and Section 8.3 of the Plan. If no Trustee is
                  named, the Participant shall be the Investment Director in
                  accordance with the limitations described in this Item 9(B)
                  and Section 8.3 of the Plan.

                  (i)   PORTION OF ACCOUNT AVAILABLE FOR SELF-DIRECTION. A
                        Participant may request that (CHOOSE ONE)

                        1.    (X)   All or any portion of his Account may be
                                    invested as he directs.

                        2.    ( )   Only the portion of his Account attributable
                                    to the Participant Elective Deferrals be
                                    invested as he directs, but only in
                                    increments of ______% of his Elective
                                    Deferrals.

                  (ii)  PARTICIPANTS WHO MAY SELF-DIRECT. The following
                        Participants may direct the investment of the amounts
                        designated by the Employer in Item 9(B)(i) above:
                        (CHOOSE ONE)

                        1.    (X)   All Participants

                        2.    ( )   Only Participants who are within ____ years
                                    of Normal Retirement Age.

                  (iii) COST OF SELF-DIRECTION. The costs of self-direction of
                        investment shall be paid by (CHOOSE ONE)

                        1.    ( )   The Employer

                        2.     (X)  The Participant

                                      -14-
<PAGE>

                  (iv)  INVESTMENT OPTIONS FOR SELF-DIRECTION. A Participant may
                        direct the portion of his Account designated in Item
                        9(B)(i) above to be invested as follows: (CHOOSE ONE)

                        1.    ( )   In any manner in which the Participant
                                    directs, subject to the provisions of
                                    Section 8.3 of the Plan.

                        2.    ( )   Between and among the following investment
                                    options or funds:
                                    ___________________________________________
                                    ___________________________________________
                                    ___________________________________________
                                    ___________________________________________
                                    ___________________________________________
                                    ___________________________________________
                                    ___________________________________________
                                    ___________________________________________

                        3.    ( )   Between and among the investment options
                                    chosen by the Trustee (or Employer) from
                                    time to time.

                        4.    (X)    Between and among the investment options
                                     chosen by the Trustee (or Employer) from
                                     time to time in a manner designed to comply
                                     with Section 404(c) of ERISA.

                  (v)   TIME FOR INVESTMENT INSTRUCTION. A Participant may give
                        investment directions at the following time or times
                        (CHOOSE ONE)

                        1.    ( )    annually, on ____________ each year.

                        2.    ( )    semi-annually, on _____ and ____ each year.

                        3.    ( )    quarterly, on _______, _______, _______,
                                     and ________ each year.

                        4.    ( )    monthly, on the last day of each month.

                        5.    (X)    daily.

                        Allowing Participants to change investment direction
                        quarterly, monthly, or daily may meet the safe harbor
                        requirements of Section 404(c) of ERISA regarding the
                        timing of direction of investments based on the
                        volatility of the assets, subject to compliance with all
                        other requirements of Section 404(c).

      C.    INSURANCE PROVISIONS (CHOOSE ONE)

                  (i)   (X) The Trustee (or Custodian) may not invest the assets
                            of the Plan in life insurance contracts.

                  (ii)  ( ) If the Employer has selected Item 9(A) above such
                            that a Participant may not direct the investment of
                            his account, a Participant may instruct the Trustee
                            (or Custodian) to invest a portion of the
                            Participant's Account in life insurance contracts
                            on the Participant's life in accordance with
                            Section 8.4.

                                      -15-
<PAGE>

                  (iii) ( ) If the Employer has selected Item 9(B) and permits
                            a Participant to direct the investment of some or
                            all of his Account, the Participant may direct the
                            Trustee (or Custodian) to invest a portion of his
                            Account in a life insurance contract on the
                            Participant's life in accordance with Section 8.4.

10.  RETIREMENT

     A.   For each Participant, Normal Retirement Age is (CHOOSE ONE)

          (X)  age 65 (not to exceed 65).

          ( )  the later of _____ (not to exceed 65) or the ______ (not to
               exceed 5th) anniversary of the participation commencement date.
               If, for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1988, Normal
               Retirement Age was determined with reference to the anniversary
               of the participation commencement date (more than 5 but not to
               exceed 10 years), the anniversary date for Participants who first
               commenced participation under the Plan before the first Plan Year
               beginning on or after January 1, 1988, shall be the earlier of
               (A) the tenth anniversary of the date the Participant commenced
               participation in the Plan (or such anniversary as had been
               elected by the Employer, if less than 10) or (B) the fifth
               anniversary of the first day of the first Plan Year beginning on
               or after January 1, 1988. The participation commencement date is
               the first day of the first Plan Year in which the Participant
               commenced participation in the Plan.

     B.   Availability of Retirement Benefits (if none are indicated, benefits
          will be available only upon Normal or Late Retirement, or at Death):

          ( )  EARLY RETIREMENT. A Participant shall be eligible for Early
               Retirement benefits according to Section 9.2 upon attainment of
               age _____ and completion of ____ Years of Service.

          (X)  DISABILITY RETIREMENT. A Disabled Participant shall be eligible
               for Disability Retirement according to Section 9.4 provided he
               has completed N/A Years of Service.

          (X)  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. Payment of any total Account balance
               of more than $3,500.00 may be made at the Participant's request
               after termination of employment and before the Early (if
               applicable) or Normal Retirement Age selected by the Employer.

          (X)  LATE RETIREMENT. A Participant who has attained Normal Retirement
               Age but who has not terminated employment may request a payment
               of benefits in accordance with Section 9.3.

          (X)  SMALL BENEFIT PAYMENT. Payment of any total Account balance of
               less than $3,500.00 to which the Participant is entitled shall
               not require the consent of the Participant, and shall be made
               within 90 days after the first Valuation Date following the
               Participant's termination of employment.

                                      -16-
<PAGE>

11.  FORM OF BENEFITS

A.   FORM OF RETIREMENT BENEFITS

     i.   The normal (automatic) form of benefits paid from this Plan shall be
          (CHOOSE ONE)

          (X)  single sum payment.

          ( )  Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity for married Participants, and
               life annuity for unmarried Participants.

     ii.  The Participant or Beneficiary may instead elect to receive benefits
          in any of the following optional forms, subject to the provisions of
          Article X:

          ( )  single sum payment.

          ( )  Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity.

          ( )  life annuity.

          ( )  equal installments, paid __________ times per year, for a period
               of ______________ years (but not longer than the maximum period
               described in Section 10.2(b) of the Plan).

          (X)  all forms available under this Plan as maintained by the Employer
               prior to this Restatement (specify forms)
                    ONE LUMP SUM PAYMENT IN CASH
                    PAYMENT OVER A PERIOD CERTAIN IN MONTHLY, QUARTERLY,
                    SEMI-ANNUAL OR ANNUAL CASH INSTALLMENTS.

          ( )  other (describe) ______________________________________

     B.   FORM OF DEATH BENEFITS

          If the participant dies before payment of his Account balance has
          begun, his Account balance shall be paid to his Designated Beneficiary
          (which, in the case of a married Participant, shall be his Spouse
          unless the Spouse has provided written, notarized consent to the
          Participant's designation of another Beneficiary). The automatic form
          of Death Benefit shall be (CHOOSE ONE)

          (X)  a single sum payment representing the total Account balance.

          ( )  a 50% survivor annuity, payable in accordance with Article X.

                                      -17-
<PAGE>

12.  VESTING

     A.   I.   NORMAL VESTING SCHEDULE - (CHOOSE (1), (2), (3), (4), OR (5) AND
               FILL IN THE APPROPRIATE PERCENTAGES)

               A Participant shall have a nonforfeitable interest in his Account
               in accordance with the following schedule:

               (1) _____  A Participant shall at all times have a fully vested
                          and nonforfeitable interest in his Account.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                   Years            2-Year           Other          7-Year       Other
                     of              Cliff           Cliff          Graded       Graded
                   Service          (2)              (3) X          (4)          (5)
                                        ---             ---             ---         ---
<S>                  <C>                 <C>              <C>            <C>
                     0                   0                0%             0          ___%
                     1                   0                0%             0          ___%
                     2                 100%               0%             0          ___%
                     3                 100%               0%            20%         ___% (at least 20%)
                     4                 100%               0%            40%         ___% (at least 40%)
                     5                 100%             100%            60%         ___% (at least 60%)
                     6                 100%             100%            80%         ___% (at least 80%)
                     7 or more         100%             100%           100%         100%
</TABLE>

               If the vesting schedule under the Plan shifts in or out of the
               above schedule for any Plan Year because of the Plan's top-heavy
               status, such shift is an amendment to the vesting schedule and
               the election described in Section 13.1(e) shall apply.

          ii.  TOP-HEAVY MINIMUM VESTING SCHEDULE - (CHOOSE (1), (2), (3), (4),
               OR (5) AND FILL IN THE APPROPRIATE PERCENTAGES)

               For any year in which this Plan is top-heavy as determined under
               Section 12.1 of the Plan, the following vesting schedule shall
               apply:

               (1)  _____ A Participant shall at all times have a fully vested
                          and nonforfeitable interest in his Account.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                 Years            2-Year           Other          6-Year       Other
                                   of              Cliff           Cliff          Graded       Graded
                                Service          (2) ____         (3) X          (4) ____      (5) ____
                                                                      ---
<S>                              <C>                 <C>              <C>            <C>       <C>
                                 0                   0                0%             0          ___%
                                 1                   0                0%             0          ___%
                                 2                 100%               0%            20%         ___% (at least 20%)
                                 3                 100%             100%            40%         ___% (at least 40%)
                                 4                 100%             100%            60%         ___% (at least 60%)
                                 5                 100%             100%            80%         ___% (at least 80%)
                                 6 or more         100%             100%           100%         100%
</TABLE>

                                      -18-

<PAGE>

               If the vesting schedule under the Plan shifts in or out of the
               above schedule for any Plan Year because of the Plan's top-heavy
               status, such shift is an amendment to the vesting schedule and
               the election described in Section 13.1(e) shall apply.

          iii. VESTING OF 401(K) MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS - The nonforfeitable
               interest of each Participant in his Matching Contribution
               subaccount shall be determined on the basis of the Employer's
               election in Item 6(A)(ii) above, and the following (CHOOSE ONE
               AND FILL IN THE APPROPRIATE PERCENTAGES):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Years            2-Year           Other          7-Year       Other
                                   of              Cliff           Cliff          Graded       Graded
                                Service          (1) ____         (2) X          (3) ____      (4) ____
                                                                      ---
<S>                              <C>                 <C>              <C>            <C>       <C>
                                 0                   0                0%             0          ___%
                                 1                   0                0%             0          ___%
                                 2                 100%               0%             0          ___%
                                 3                 100%               0%            20%         ___% (at least 20%)
                                 4                 100%               0%            40%         ___% (at least 40%)
                                 5                 100%             100%            60%         ___% (at least 60%)
                                 6                 100%             100%            80%         ___% (at least 80%)
                                 7 or more         100%             100%           100%         100%
</TABLE>

               If the vesting schedule under the Plan shifts in or out of the
               above schedule for any Plan Year because of the Plan's top-heavy
               status, such shift is an amendment to the vesting schedule and
               the election described in Section 13.1(e) shall apply.

*    B.   SERVICE CREDITED FOR VESTING

          All of an Employee's Years of Service with the Employer are counted to
          determine to determine the nonforfeitable percentage in the Employee's
          Account balance derived from Employer contributions except:

          ( )  Years of Service before age 18

          ( )  Years of Service during a period for which the Employee made no
               mandatory contributions.

          ( )  Years of Service before the Employer maintained this Plan or a
               predecessor plan.

13.  DUTIES OF EMPLOYER OR ADMINISTRATOR

     The Employer specifically reserves to itself, the Plan Administrator, and
     the Trustee (or Custodian, if applicable) sole management of each Trust (or
     Custodial Account) under the Plan. control of investments and reinvestments
     shall be retained as provided in Item 9 of this Adoption Agreement.

*YEARS OF SERVICE SHALL INCLUDE ALL YEARS OF SERVICE WITH INDUSTRIAL SAVINGS
 AND LOAN ASSOCIATION

AMENDED ON JULY 1, 2001, EFFECTIVE ON AND AFTER THE ACQUISITION DATE OF
INDUSTRIAL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION.

                                      -19-

<PAGE>

14.  CUSTODIAN

     A.   NAME OF CUSTODIAN. (This Section must be completed if a Trustee is not
          named in Section 1(C).) The Custodian of the assets of this Plan shall
          be:

          (X)  McDonald & Company Securities, Inc.

          ( )  Other __________________________________________________________
                     __________________________________________________________

     B.   ACCOUNTS.

          (X)  The Custodian shall establish a Custodial Account for the Plan.

          ( )  The Custodian shall establish a separate Custodial Account for
               each Participant.

     The Custodian agrees to carry out the duties and responsibilities of the
     Custodian as set forth in the Plan and Adoption Agreement. The Custodian
     shall not make any distribution of property held in each Custodial Account,
     except on the written direction of the Employer or Plan Administrator or
     the Trustee, for each Participant or his Beneficiaries. If a Custodian is
     named, the Custodian shall be compensated for its services under the Plan
     in accordance with the current custodial fee schedule which may be amended
     from time to time by the Custodian.

15.  RELIANCE

     The adopting Employer may not rely on an opinion letter issued by the
     National Office of the Internal Revenue Service as evidence that the Plan
     is qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code. In order to
     obtain reliance with respect to plan qualification, the Employer must apply
     to the appropriate key District Director of Internal Revenue for a
     determination letter.

                                      -20-
<PAGE>

         This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with the
McDonald & Company Securities, Inc. Prototype Defined Contribution Retirement
Plan (Basic Plan Document No. 01). The Employer may amend its choice of options
provided by this Adoption Agreement, except that any change shall be valid only
upon written notice to, and acceptance by, McDonald & Company Securities, Inc.
Any change or amendment of this Adoption Agreement shall be subject to the
provisions of Section 13.1 of the Plan. Failure to properly complete this
Adoption Agreement may result in disqualification of the Plan.
         The Employer certifies that it has conferred with and acted upon the
advice of its legal counsel and/or tax advisor in adopting this Prototype
Retirement Plan.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer, Trustee, Custodian (if any) and the
Sponsoring Organization have executed this Adoption Agreement on this 28th day
of February, 1997.

                                 The Home Savings & Loan Co. of Youngstown, Ohio

                                      By:  /S/ Patrick A. Kelly
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           (Signature of sole proprietor,
                                            partner, or corporate officer)

                                                     EMPLOYER

                                               -------------------

                                      By:
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           (Signature of sole proprietor,
                                           partner, or corporate officer)

                                                     EMPLOYER

                                               -------------------

                                      By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                                      TRUSTEE

                                               -------------------

                                      By:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                                     CUSTODIAN

         This Adoption Agreement is accepted this 28th day of February, 1997.

                                              MCDONALD & COMPANY
                                                  SECURITIES, INC.

                                     By:   /s/ FRANCES A. CONNELLY
                                           -------------------------------------

                                            (Authorized Signature)

                                           SPONSORING ORGANIZATION

                                      -21-
<PAGE>

                       ACTION BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
               THE HOME SAVINGS & LOAN COMPANY OF YOUNGSTOWN, OHIO

         RESOLVED, that the Corporation adopt the Amendment to the Home Savings
& Loan Company 401(k) Savings Plan in the form attached to this Resolution, and
that the Board of Directors is hereby authorized to execute such document of
amendment on behalf of the Corporation.

                                           BY: /s/ Douglas M. Mckay
                                               --------------------------------

                                           ATTEST: /s/ Donald J. Varner
                                                   ----------------------------

                                           DATE: 12-18-97
                                                 ------------------------------

<PAGE>

                            CERTIFICATE OF RESOLUTION

                                  AMENDMENT TO
                         THE HOME SAVINGS & LOAN COMPANY
                               401(K) SAVINGS PLAN

WHEREAS, The Home Savings & Loan Company of Youngstown, Ohio (hereinafter the
"Employer") adopted a 401(k) Savings Plan effective January 1, 1993, and

WHEREAS, the Employer desires to amend the Plan from time to time, pursuant to
Section 13.1 of the Plan Document, and

WHEREAS, the Employer desires to clarify the employees who are eligible to
participate in the plan;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended effective July 1, 1997, according to
Section 5.A. and Section 5.B. of the Adoption Agreement as follows:

         5.A: AGE AND SERVICE REQUIREMENTS

         Each Employee will be eligible to participate in this Plan, in
         accordance with Article III of the Plan Document, except Limited
         Service employees.

         5.B: ELIGIBILITY FOR 401(K) OPTION

         Each Employee shall be eligible to make the election in Section 6.3 of
         the Adoption Agreement, and participate in the 401(k) Arrangement
         according to Article VI of the Plan Document, except Limited Service
         employees.

<PAGE>

                            CERTIFICATE OF RESOLUTION

                                AMENDMENT TO THE
                         THE HOME SAVINGS & LOAN COMPANY
                               401(K) SAVINGS PLAN

WHEREAS, The Home Savings & Loan Company (hereinafter the "Employer") adopted a
401(k) Savings Plan effective January 1, 1993, subsequently restated January 1,
1996 and

WHEREAS, the Employer desires to amend the Plan from time to time, pursuant to
Section 13.1 of the Plan Document, and

WHEREAS, the Employer desires to amend the Adoption Agreement in certain
respects, as listed below, due to the acquisition of the Industrial Savings and
Loan Association, and

WHEREAS, the Adoption Agreement will be amended on and after the acquisition
date of Industrial Savings and Loan Association, and

NOW, THEREFORE, the Adoption Agreement is hereby amended effective JULY 1, 2001,
according to the following:

                                     ITEM I

SECTION 5.(A.) ELIGIBILITY:
         Service Requirement:
                  Years of Service shall include all years of service with
                  Industrial Savings and Loan Association.

SECTION 5.(B.) ELIGIBILITY FOR 401(K) OPTION:
         Service Requirement:
                  Years of Service shall include all years of service with
                  Industrial Savings and Loan Association.

SECTION 12.(B.) SERVICE CREDITED FOR VESTING:
         Years of Service shall include all years of service with Industrial
         Savings and Loan Association

<PAGE>

                       ACTION BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
               THE HOME SAVINGS & LOAN COMPANY OF YOUNGSTOWN, OHIO

RESOLVED, that the Corporation adopt the amendment to the The Home Savings &
Loan Company 401(k) Savings Plan in the form attached to this Resolution, and
that the Board of Directors is hereby authorized to execute such document of
amendment on behalf of the Corporation.

                                     THE HOME SAVINGS AND LOAN COMPANY
                                         OF YOUNGSTOWN, OHIO

                                     By: /s/ DOUGLAS M. MCKAY
                                         -------------------------------------

                                     Attest: /s/ DONALD J. VARNER
                                             ---------------------------------

                                     Date: JUNE 21, 2001
                                           -----------------------------------

<PAGE>

                            CERTIFICATE OF RESOLUTION

                                  AMENDMENT TO
                         THE HOME SAVINGS & LOAN COMPANY
                               401(K) SAVINGS PLAN

WHEREAS, The Home Savings & Loan Company (hereinafter the "Employer") adopted a
401(k) Savings Plan effective January 1, 1993, subsequently restated January 1,
1996 and

WHEREAS, the employer desires to amend the Plan from time to time, pursuant to
Section 13.1 of the Plan Document, and

WHEREAS, the employer desires to amend the Adoption Agreement in certain
respects, as specified in the items below:

NOW, THEREFORE, the Adoption Agreement is hereby amended effective January 1,
2002, according to the following:

                                     ITEM I

ITEM 12(A)(i) NORMAL VESTING SCHEDULE

A Participant shall have a nonforfeitable interest in his Account in accordance
with the following schedule:

      Years of Service             Vested Percentage
              0                           0%
              1                           0%
              2                           0%
              3                          100%

<PAGE>

                       ACTION BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
               THE HOME SAVINGS & LOAN COMPANY OF YOUNGSTOWN, OHIO

RESOLVED, that the Corporation adopt the amendment to the The Home Savings &
Loan Company 401(k) Savings Plan in the form attached to this Resolution, and
that the Board of Directors is hereby authorized to execute such document of
amendment on behalf of the Corporation.

                                          The Home Savings & Loan Company
                                                of Youngstown, Ohio

                                          By: /s/ Douglas M. Mckay
                                              --------------------------------

                                          Attest: /s/ Donald J. Varner
                                                  ----------------------------

                                          Date: 3/21/02
                                                ------------------------------

<PAGE>

                            CERTIFICATE OF RESOLUTION

                                AMENDMENT TO THE
                         THE HOME SAVINGS & LOAN COMPANY
                               401(K) SAVINGS PLAN

WHEREAS, The Home Savings & Loan Company (hereinafter the "Employer") adopted a
401(k) Savings Plan effective January 1, 1993, subsequently restated January 1,
1996 and

WHEREAS, the employer desires to amend the Plan from time to time, pursuant to
Section 13.1 of the Plan Document, and

WHEREAS, the employer desires to amend the Adoption Agreement in certain
respects, as specified in the items below:

NOW, THEREFORE, the Adoption Agreement is hereby amended effective April 1,
2002, according to the following:

                                     ITEM I

SECTION 5.(A.) ELIGIBILITY:
         Service Requirement:
         Years of Service shall include all years of service with Potters Bank.

SECTION 5.(B.) ELIGIBILITY FOR 401(K) OPTION:
         Service Requirement:
         Years of Service shall include all years of service with Potters Bank.

SECTION 12.(B.) SERVICE CREDITED FOR VESTING:
         Years of Service shall include all years of service with Potters Bank.

<PAGE>

                       ACTION BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
               THE HOME SAVINGS & LOAN COMPANY OF YOUNGSTOWN, OHIO

RESOLVED, that the Corporation adopt the amendment to the The Home Savings &
Loan Company 401(k) Savings Plan in the form attached to this Resolution, and
that the Board of Directors is hereby authorized to execute such document of
amendment on behalf of the Corporation.

                                    The Home Savings & Loan Company
                                         of Youngstown, Ohio

                                     By: /s/ Douglas M. Mckay
                                         ----------------------------------

                                     Attest: /s/ Donald J. Varner
                                             ------------------------------

                                     Date: 3/21/02
                                           --------------------------------<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.1

                                      LEASE

     THIS LEASE (this "Lease"), is made and entered into this 19TH day of
JANUARY, 2001, between Al Neyer, Inc., an Ohio corporation, ("Landlord") and
Cintech Solutions, Inc., an Ohio corporation, ("Tenant") under the following
circumstances:

     A.   Landlord and Tenant desire that Landlord construct the Building
          Improvements (as defined in Section 4(a) hereof) on approximately 2.25
          acres of land located in the City of Blue Ash, Hamilton County, Ohio,
          more particularly described in Exhibit "A" attached hereto (the
          "Land"), which Building Improvements and the Land (collectively the
          "Premises") are to be used by Tenant in its business operations upon
          completion of the construction thereof.

     B.   Upon Substantial Completion (as defined in Section 2(a) hereof) of the
          construction of the Building Improvements on the Land, Landlord and
          Tenant agree that Tenant shall lease the Premises from Landlord upon
          the terms and conditions set forth herein.

     NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord, for and in consideration of the rents to be paid
and the covenants and promises of Tenant as hereinafter set forth, hereby leases
the Premises to Tenant; TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the same subject to all terms,
conditions, covenants and agreements of this Lease.

1.   LEASE OF PREMISES

     (a) Landlord, for and in consideration of the rents, covenants and
agreements to be paid and performed by Tenant hereunder, hereby leases to Tenant
and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, subject to the terms of this Lease, the
Premises, together with any and all of Landlord's easements and appurtenances in
adjoining and adjacent land, highways, roads, streets and lanes, whether public
or private, reasonably required for the installation, maintenance, operation and
service of sewer, water, gas, power, and other utility lines, and for driveways
and approaches to and from abutting highways, for the use and benefit of the
Premises, and including any and all buildings, additions and improvements now
located or to be constructed and installed on the Premises by Landlord,
including, without limitation, the Building (as defined in Section 4(a) hereof),
patios, sidewalks, driveways, parking lots, signs, mechanical, plumbing and
electrical facilities and other improvements. Tenant further agrees to pay all
rents and perform all covenants and agreements provided for herein in accordance
with the terms and conditions specified herein.

     (b)  Within ten (10) days from the date hereof, Landlord shall, at its sole
          cost and expense, retain the services of a licensed surveyor to
          prepare a legal description of the Land and a plat or survey thereof,
          sufficient in form and substance to be acceptable to the Hamilton
          County, Ohio Auditor's office, and otherwise cause the Land to be
          legally described and treated as a separate parcel from the Other Land
          (as hereinafter defined) by the Hamilton County, Ohio Auditor's and
          Treasurer's offices (which may include, without limitation, obtaining
          approval from the applicable planning commissions to have the Other
          Land and the Land treated as separate parcels). Upon completion of the
          foregoing, the new legal description of the Land, as so prepared and
          approved, shall replace the Exhibit "A" currently attached to this
          Lease and shall be deemed to be the description of the Land.

                                       26
<PAGE>

2.   TERM

     (a) The initial term of this Lease shall commence upon the later of (i)
December 1, 2001 (the "Outside Date"), or (ii) the date the Building
Improvements are Substantially Complete and Landlord has obtained all necessary
or appropriate approvals and permits in connection therewith (the "Commencement
Date"), and shall end on the last day of the one hundred twentieth (120th) month
following the Commencement Date (the "Initial Term").

          For purposes of this Lease the terms "Substantial Completion" or
"Substantially Complete" shall mean the issuance to Landlord of a Certificate of
Occupancy, which may be a conditional Certificate of Occupancy if such
conditions do not have a material adverse affect on Tenant's legal ability to
occupy the Building Improvements or to conduct its business thereon as
contemplated by this Lease (the "C.O."), by applicable governmental authorities,
with respect to the Building Improvements and the Premises. In the event that
Landlord is delayed in obtaining the C.O. due to any act or omission of Tenant,
its agents, employees or contractors, then for purposes of this Section 2, the
C.O. shall be deemed to have been issued on that date which excludes the delay;
provided that if such delays for which Tenant is responsible are in addition to
delays for which Landlord is responsible, the C.O. shall be deemed to have been
issued on that date which excludes only the delay directly caused by the acts or
omissions of Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors.

          Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that the
Building Improvements are not Substantially Complete on or before February 1,
2002 (the "Deadline Date"), and such delay is due to the act or omission of
Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors, then Tenant shall, after
providing Landlord with at least fourteen (14) days' prior written notice of
such delay and the opportunity to achieve Substantial Completion within said
fourteen (14) day period, have the right to terminate this Lease by written
notice thereof to Landlord at any time after the Deadline Date and before the
Building Improvements are Substantially Complete or, in the event that the
Building Improvements are not Substantially Complete on or before April 1, 2002
(the "Penalty Date") and Tenant has not otherwise elected to terminate this
Lease as previously provided, Tenant may collect from Landlord liquidated
damages in the amount of Fifteen Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($1,500.00) per day
(the "Delay Penalty" or, collectively, the "Delay Penalties") for each day after
the Penalty Date until Substantial Completion (The parties hereby acknowledge
that Tenant's actual damages would be difficult or impracticable to calculate in
the event Landlord fails to achieve Substantial Completion by the Penalty
Date.). In the event that Landlord fails to pay to Tenant any or all of the
Delay Penalties before the Commencement Date, Tenant shall have the right to set
off any of the unpaid Delay Penalties against Rent (as defined in Section 3(b)
hereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant exercises the foregoing right
to terminate this Lease, Tenant shall also have the right to pursue any all
rights and remedies available to Tenant, at law or in equity.

     (b) Provided that Tenant is not in default hereunder beyond any applicable
cure period, Tenant shall have the option to renew this Lease for up to two (2)
additional consecutive periods of sixty (60) months each (each, a "Renewal Term,
collectively, the "Renewal Terms"). All the same terms and conditions of this
Lease that apply during the Initial Term shall apply during any Renewal Term, if
exercised, except for the amount of the Base Rent, which shall be determined in
accordance with Section 3(a) hereof. Tenant shall renew this Lease, if at all,
by giving written notice of exercise to Landlord no less than twelve (12) months
prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or of the then current Renewal Term,
if applicable.

     (c) As used in this Lease, the phrase "the term of this Lease," "Lease
term," or any similar phrase shall include, where appropriate, the Initial Term
and any exercised Renewal Term.

                                       27
<PAGE>

3.   RENT

     (a) Tenant covenants and agrees to pay base rent (the "Base Rent") during
the term of this Lease in the amounts specified in this Section 3(a). All of the
Base Rent shall be paid in advance to Landlord by Tenant, without demand or
setoff, except as may be specifically permitted herein, and in equal monthly
installments no later than the first (1st) day of each month during the term of
this Lease and shall be sent to Landlord at the address set forth in Section 33
hereof or at such other address or Landlord may specify in writing from time to
time. The first payment of monthly Base Rent, as set forth below, shall be due
to Landlord on the Commencement Date; provided that if the Commencement Date is
on a date other than the first day of a month or the last day of the term of
this Lease is on a day other than the last day of a month, the payment of
monthly Base Rent due for such partial month shall be prorated on a per diem
basis.

          The amount of the Base Rent to be paid by Tenant, based on a gross
square footage of 42,000 to 50,000 +/-, up to 10% of total, as determined by the
Building Owners and Managers standard of measurement ("BOMA"), is estimated to
be as follows:

                                                                       PER
                                                                       ---
        MONTHS                      ANNUAL RENT    MONTHLY RENT    SQUARE FOOT
        ------                      -----------    ------------    -----------
        1 - 60                      $684,141.45     $57,011.79       $15.45
        61 - 120                    $772,703.45     $64,391.95       $17.45
    1 - 60 (First Renewal           $850,195.20     $70,849.60       $19.20
            Term)                   $935,214.72     $77,934.56       $21.12
   1 - 60 (Second Renewal Term)

                                       28
<PAGE>

Based upon the Outline Specifications (as defined in Section 4(a) hereof),
Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the Building, as reflected by the
Outline Specifications and as reviewed by a space planner acceptable by Landlord
and Tenant, contains total gross square footage of 44,281, based upon BOMA.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, within ten (10) days from the Commencement Date,
Tenant shall have the right, at its expense, to retain the services of a space
planner or architect, acceptable to Tenant in its reasonable discretion, to
calculate the total gross square feet within the Building, as constructed, which
calculation shall be determined according to BOMA (the "Actual Square Feet").

     (b) In addition to the Base Rent, Tenant agrees to pay additional rent,
which is the product of Tenant's Proportionate Share (as hereinafter defined) of
the Operating Expenses (as defined in Section 10(a) hereof) for any calendar
year (the "Additional Rent") (collectively, the Base Rent and the Additional
Rent shall be referred to herein as "Rent"). For purposes of this Lease,
"Tenant's Proportionate Share" shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the square
feet within the Building. Prior to each calendar year during the term of this
Lease and at least fifteen (15) days prior to the Commencement Date as to the
first calendar year of the term of this Lease, Landlord shall estimate the
amount of the Additional Rent due for such calendar year, and Tenant shall pay
Landlord one-twelfth of such estimate on the first day of each month during such
calendar year, with the first of such payments of the Additional Rent being due
on the Commencement Date; however, in the event that the Commencement Date
occurs on a day other than the first day of a calendar year or the last day of
this Lease occurs on a day other than the last day of a calendar year, the
Additional Rent due for such partial year shall be prorated on a per diem basis
and/or if the Commencement Date is on a day other than the first day of a month
or the last day of the term of this Lease is on a day other than the last day of
a month, the payment of the Additional Rent due for such partial month shall be
prorated on a per diem basis. The estimate of the Additional Rent for a calendar
year may be revised by Landlord whenever it obtains information reasonably
relevant to making such estimate more accurate; provided that any such revision
shall be made, if at all, no more frequently than once in January and once in
June of each calendar year and provided further that Tenant shall not be
obligated to pay the revised estimate of the Additional Rent until it has
received at least thirty (30) days advance written notice of same, which notice
shall set forth the reason(s) for the revised estimate. Within ninety (90) days
after the end of each calendar year (including the calendar year of the term of
this Lease in which this Lease expires or terminates), Landlord shall deliver to
Tenant a report (the "Annual Report") setting forth the actual Operating
Expenses for such calendar year and a statement of the amount of the Additional
Rent that Tenant has paid and of the amount by which Tenant's Proportionate
Share of the actual Operating Expenses for such calendar year exceeds or is less
than the Additional Rent paid by Tenant for such calendar year. Subject to the
remaining portions of this Section 3(b), within thirty (30) days after receipt
of the Annual Report, to the extent Tenant's Proportionate Share of the actual
Operating Expenses as forth on the Annual Report exceeds the Additional Rent
paid by Tenant for such calendar year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount
of such excess or to the extent Tenant's Proportionate Share of the actual
Operating Expenses as set forth on the Annual Report is less than the Additional
Rent paid by Tenant for such calendar year, Landlord shall pay to Tenant the
amount of such difference, without interest to Tenant. In the event that this
Lease has not otherwise expired or terminated, to the extent that Landlord fails
to pay Tenant the amount of such difference within thirty (30) days from the
date Tenant is provided with the Annual Report, Tenant shall have the right to
set off such unreimbursed difference against Rent. Notwithstanding anything
herein to the contrary, Tenant, at its expense, shall have the right, at any
reasonable time within twelve (12) months after the end of an applicable
calendar year for which Additional Rent is due and, upon prior written notice to
Landlord, to audit Landlord's books and records relating to this Lease for the
immediately preceding calendar year in which the Additional Rent was adjusted
pursuant to this Section 3(b); provided, however, that if such audit discloses
that the estimated Operating Costs for the calendar year were overstated by more
than five (5%) percent, then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the cost of
such audit and, regardless of such five (5%) percent overstatement, shall
reimburse Tenant to the extent Tenant paid for such overstated Operating
Expenses. In the event that this Lease has not otherwise expired or terminated,
to the extent that Landlord fails to pay Tenant for the cost of such audit
and/or the amount of such overstated Operating Expenses within thirty (30) days
from the date Tenant provides Landlord with written demand therefor, Tenant
shall have the right to set off such cost and/or amount against Rent. This
Section 3(b) shall survive expiration or termination of this Lease.

                                       29
<PAGE>

     (c) In the event that the Actual Square Feet is calculated as provided in
this Section, the Additional Rent due for the first calendar year of the term of
this Lease shall be adjusted to reflect the square feet of the Building as
reflected by the Actual Square Feet and such adjustment in square feet shall be
used in calculating the Additional Rent due for the remaining calendar years of
the term of this Lease. Further, the Base Rent shall be adjusted such that the
Base Rent is based upon the product of the applicable rental rate per square
foot as set forth in the rent chart under Section 3(a) hereof and the Actual
Square Feet. After the foregoing adjustments, Landlord and Tenant shall enter
into a written addendum to this Lease reflecting such adjustments. To the extent
the first payment of monthly Rent paid by Tenant on the Commencement Date is
more or less than the monthly Rent as adjusted under said written addendum, the
next payment of monthly Rent shall be adjusted to reflect the increase or
decrease in monthly Rent under said written addendum.

4.   IMPROVEMENTS BY LANDLORD

     (a) Landlord shall construct for Tenant, at Landlord's sole cost and
expense, a building containing approximately forty-two thousand (42,000) to
fifty thousand (50,000) gross square feet of office space (the "Building"),
together with a minimum of sixty (60) covered parking spaces under the Building
and uncovered parking areas on the Premises, which covered and uncovered parking
shall accommodate a minimum of four (4) parking spaces per one thousand (1,000)
square feet of rentable office space within the Building and drives, utility
facilities and related improvements (collectively, with the Building, the
"Building Improvements") in accordance with the preliminary plans and
specifications described in Exhibit "B" attached hereto and incorporated herein
(the "Outline Specifications") and substantially in accordance with the final
drawings, plans and specifications to be developed from the Outline
Specifications pursuant to Section 5 hereof (the "Final Plans"). Landlord hereby
warrants and agrees that the Building Improvements' quality shall be comparable
to the project known as "Pfeiffer Woods" on Pfeiffer Road in the City of Blue
Ash, Ohio.

     (b) Landlord shall commence and thereafter diligently pursue to completion,
substantially in accordance with the "Construction Schedule" attached hereto as
Exhibit "C" and incorporated herein, the construction of the Building
Improvements, in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with the Final
Plans agreed to by Landlord and Tenant, subject only to changes approved in
writing from time to time by Landlord and Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Substantial Completion shall be extended by the number of days by which either
said commencement or completion may have been delayed due to (i) any cause
specified in Section 6 of this Lease or (ii) solely the acts or omissions of
Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors.

     (c) At any time prior to or during the course of construction, Tenant shall
have the right to request changes in the Final Plans by submitting to Landlord a
written request for such a change. If the proposed change is acceptable to
Landlord, in the exercise of Landlord's reasonable discretion, Landlord shall
prepare a change order describing the change and containing the plans and
specifications necessary for the change and setting forth the additional costs
and time necessary to accomplish the same (each, a "Change Order" or,
collectively, the "Change Orders"). Tenant shall then review and sign the Change
Order, if acceptable to Tenant, to indicate its acceptance of and agreement to
pay for the changes set forth in the Change Order, if any. To the extent that
the Tenant Improvement Allowance (as hereinafter defined) and the Moving Fee (as
defined in Section 42 of this Lease) have been fully depleted at the time of a
Change Order, Tenant agrees to pay in cash to Landlord, within thirty (30) days
after completion of the change described in the Change Order, the agreed amount
of the additional cost resulting from Landlord's performance of work pursuant to
the Change Order; provided that if the Tenant Improvement Allowance and the
Moving Fee have not been fully depleted at the time of a Change Order Tenant
shall not be required to pay the amount of such additional cost, if any, related
to such Change Order until Substantial Completion pursuant to Section 4(d)
hereof. After approval of any Change Order, the term "Final Plans" shall mean
the Final Plans defined above, as modified by the Change Order. If a Change
Order shall delay the work to be performed by Landlord, the estimated date for
completion of

                                       30
<PAGE>

construction set forth in the Construction Schedule shall be extended by the
number of days by which construction shall be delayed.

     (d) Tenant shall receive a tenant improvement allowance of up to Twenty and
00/100 Dollars ($20.00) per rentable square foot of space within the Building
(based upon the Actual Square Feet, if applicable) (which shall not include the
Sign Allowance [as defined in Section 14 hereof]) (collectively, the "Tenant
Improvement Allowance") which Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be credited
against all construction costs incurred in connection with the interior
improvements, decoration and space planning of the Building (but which shall
exclude the Shell Costs [as hereinafter defined]), including a general
contractor's fee of twelve (12%) percent of all such construction costs;
provided that the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall not be credited against any
costs and expenses incurred in connection with the design, construction or
installation of the Building Improvements as same are depicted in the Outline
Specifications and will be depicted on the Final Plans, or the cost of all
necessary governmental permits obtained or to be obtained in connection
therewith (collectively, the "Shell Costs"). The Shell Costs shall be paid
solely by Landlord. In the event that the Tenant Improvement Allowance is
depleted, any excess of the construction costs and expenses to which the Tenant
Improvement Allowance would apply under the preceding sentence ("Excess")
(excluding Excess related to the additional costs of any Change Orders which
have already been paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 4(c) hereof)
over the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord before
Tenant shall be permitted to occupy the Premises, after Substantial Completion
and within thirty (30) days from delivery of Landlord's invoice to Tenant, which
invoice shall itemize the Excess. Landlord hereby agrees that it shall
competitively bid all contracts for subcontractors and suppliers in connection
with construction and installation of the Building Improvements and that Tenant
shall have the right, at any time during the construction of the Building
Improvements and with at least twenty-four (24) hours advance verbal notice, to
review all of the invoices, estimates and other records kept by Landlord in
connection with the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the design,
construction and installation of the Building Improvements to ensure that such
costs and expenses are reasonable and comparable for the construction of similar
buildings in the Blue Ash, Ohio area.

     (e) Neither the taking of possession of the Premises nor the occurrence of
the Commencement Date shall relieve the Landlord of its obligation to fully
complete construction of the Premises in a good and workmanlike manner and in
accordance with the Final Plans and to otherwise fulfill Landlord's Warranty (as
hereinafter defined).

          (i) Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord of any incomplete or
defective items (collectively, "Punch List Items") within sixty (60) days after
the Commencement Date, and Landlord, in addition to the obligations imposed upon
Landlord under Landlord's Warranty, shall promptly complete or commence to
complete the Punch List Items; provided that Tenant's failure to discover any
incomplete or defective item within said sixty (60) day period shall in no event
constitute a waiver of Tenant's right to demand that Landlord repair or correct
any incomplete or defective item under Landlord's Warranty. If Landlord shall
not have completed such Punch List Items within thirty (30) days after written
notice from Tenant to Landlord specifying such Punch List Items, or in the case
of any Punch List Item which cannot with reasonable diligence be completed or
corrected within said thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall not have
immediately proceeded after written notice from Tenant to commence the
completion or correction of such Punch List Item and thereafter to diligently
pursue the same to completion or correction, Tenant may complete or correct such
Punch List Items or have such Punch List Items completed and Landlord shall
reimburse Tenant for the reasonable cost thereof within ten (10) days after
written notice from Tenant to Landlord, containing an invoice for the same. To
the extent that Landlord fails to reimburse Tenant within said ten (10) day
period, Tenant shall have the right to set off such unreimbursed costs against
Rent.

          (ii) Landlord hereby covenants and warrants (collectively, "Landlord's
Warranty") that (i) all materials shall be new and of good quality; (ii) all
sub-contractors and workmen shall be skilled in their trades;(iii) all work
shall be of good workmanship and like quality; (iv) the Building

                                       31
<PAGE>

Improvements shall be built as to comply with all applicable building codes and
all other applicable codes, regulations, statutes and ordinances, as more
particularly described in Section 20 of this Lease; and (v) Landlord shall,
during the term of this Lease and at Landlord's sole cost and expense, remedy or
correct any material or workmanship in the Building Improvements or any other
part of the Building Improvements which is inconsistent with the warranties made
in the foregoing subparts (i) through (iv) (as to any such item which requires
remediation or correction, the "Defective Item" or, collectively, the "Defective
Items") within thirty (30) days after written notice from Tenant to Landlord
specifying the Defective Items, or in the case of any Defective Item which
cannot with reasonable diligence be remediated or corrected within said thirty
(30) day period, Landlord shall immediately proceed, after written notice from
Tenant, to commence the remediation or correction of such Defective Item and
thereafter shall diligently pursue the same to completion (the "Correction
Period"). In the event that Landlord fails to complete the remediation or
correction of a Defective Item within the Correction Period, Tenant may complete
or may cause to be completed such remediation or correction, and Landlord shall
reimburse Tenant for the reasonable cost thereof within ten (10) days after
written notice from Tenant to Landlord containing an invoice for the same. To
the extent that Landlord fails to reimburse Tenant within said ten (10) day
period, Tenant shall have the right to set off such unreimbursed costs against
Rent.

     (f) Landlord shall arrange to have Tenant, in addition to Landlord, named
as a direct beneficiary on any and all guarantees of workmanship, materials and
equipment. The correcting of any deficiencies in construction shall be the
responsibility of the Landlord, but Tenant shall also have the right to enforce
any guarantees or warranties by contractors, subcontractors, or suppliers after
the Commencement Date.

5.   FINAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS: AS-BUILT DRAWINGS

     Landlord shall have the responsibility and obligation for the timely
preparation of the Final Plans and all drawings and matters related thereto. The
Final Plans may be developed in phases allowing the work to proceed on a fast
track basis. As the Final Plans are completed for all or any portion of the
Building Improvements, Landlord shall promptly deliver the same to Tenant for
Tenant's written approval thereof, which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed. Tenant shall complete its review of each portion of the
Final Plans within five (5) business days after receiving the same from
Landlord. The Final Plans for all or any portion of the Building Improvements,
once accepted by Tenant, shall constitute a part of this Lease. After receipt
and acceptance of the Final Plans for all or any portion of the Building
Improvements, Landlord will construct the Building Improvements in accordance
therewith, subject only to approved Change Orders.

     Upon the Commencement Date, or within a reasonable period thereafter,
Landlord shall provide to Tenant, at Landlord's expense, a complete set of
field-generated, as-built drawings with respect to the Premises. Such drawings
shall show all space planning, architectural, mechanical, engineering and
plumbing elements as well as any other necessary or appropriate working drawings
for the Building Improvements and the Premises.

     Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the Outline Specifications
and the Final Plans have been prepared by an architect or engineer employed and
supervised solely by Landlord and that Tenant shall have no liability or
responsibility in connection with and shall be held harmless by Landlord from
any errors or omissions in the Outline Specifications and/or the Final Plans or
any failure of the Outline Specifications and/or the Final Plans to comply with
applicable building, zoning, fire or other laws, codes and regulations. This
paragraph shall survive expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

6.   FORCE MAJEURE

     In the event that Landlord shall be delayed or hindered in or prevented
from the performance of any obligation required under this Lease by reason of
acts of God, riots, insurrection, war, unanticipated weather conditions, strikes
or lockouts, inability to procure labor or inability to procure materials (or

                                       32
<PAGE>

reasonable substitutes therefor) which have been timely ordered (each, a "Force
Majeure"), then the performance of such obligation shall be excused for the
period of such delay, and the period for the performance of any such act shall
be extended for a period equivalent to the period of such delay. Landlord shall
notify Tenant in writing within five (5) days of any incident of Force Majeure.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase in the costs or expenses to Landlord
in connection with the procuring of labor or materials, alone, shall not, in any
event, be deemed or construed to be an incident of Force Majeure.

7.   USE OF PREMISES

     Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the purpose of conducting thereon
an office and the functions of a software development business, and shall use
the Premises for that purpose and for no other purpose without the prior written
consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or
conditioned or unduly delayed.

     Tenant covenants and agrees that it shall not use or occupy any part of the
Premises for any unlawful business, use or purpose which shall create a
nuisance, or create a hazardous condition, or for any other use which may
violate any environmental laws or regulations currently or hereafter enacted by
any governmental authority or agency.

     Tenant shall, at its own expense, comply with the requirements of law and
with all ordinances, enactments or requirements of any federal, state, municipal
or other lawful authority affecting the Premises whether now existing or
hereafter enacted, and shall hold Landlord in all respects harmless therefrom;
provided that the foregoing obligation of compliance and to hold Landlord
harmless in connection with such compliance shall be limited to the extent that
those requirements of law, ordinances, enactments or requirements of federal,
state, municipal or other lawful authority relate to Tenant's particular use of
the Premises as contemplated and authorized by this Lease, and shall be subject
to the covenants and warranties made by Landlord under Section 20 hereof and
Landlord's obligations under Section 9 hereof. The foregoing notwithstanding, in
the event Tenant does or permits anything to be done on the Premises, other than
authorized by this Section, which increases the premium payable for any
insurance which the Landlord might then be carrying, either by way of all risk
or special peril insurance, or by way of liability insurance, Tenant agrees to
pay any such increase in premium caused by its use of the Premises within ten
(10) days from the date Tenant receives from Landlord satisfactory written
evidence that the premium has been increased and that such increase was caused
by Tenant.

8.   TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS

     (a) Tenant agrees to pay all Taxes (as hereinafter defined) against and
applicable to the Premises and becoming a lien during the term of this Lease and
a pro rata portion of the installments of Taxes which become a lien in the
calendar years in which the Commencement Date occurs or the day on which this
Lease expires or terminates, such pro rata share to be determined as of the
Commencement Date and the day on which this Lease expires or terminates in
accordance with the customary method of prorating real estate taxes in Hamilton
County, Ohio. Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any installment of any
special assessment that may be assessed, levied or confirmed during the term of
this Lease, but does not fall due and is not required to be paid until after the
expiration or termination of this Lease, except for a pro rata share of the
installments becoming payable following the expiration or termination of this
Lease.

     (b) As used in this Lease, the term "Taxes" means all taxes, assessments
and levies, whether general or special, ordinary or extraordinary, of every
nature or kind whatsoever that may be taxed, charged, assessed, levied or
imposed at any time during the term of this Lease by any governmental authority
upon or against the Premises; provided that Tenant shall not be required to pay
any franchise, estate, inheritance, transfer, income or similar tax of Landlord
unless that tax is imposed, levied or

                                       33
<PAGE>

assessed in substitution for any other tax, assessment, charge or levy that
Tenant is required to pay pursuant to Section 8(a) hereof.

     (c) Landlord and Tenant shall endeavor to ensure that the Treasurer of
Hamilton County, Ohio sends the tax bill applicable to the Premises directly to
Tenant; provided that if the tax bill is sent to Landlord, Landlord shall
promptly deliver such tax bill to Tenant for payment hereunder. Tenant shall
pay the Taxes set forth on such tax bill directly to the Treasurer of Hamilton
County, Ohio prior to delinquency, with proof of payment being delivered
promptly to Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant
acknowledge and agree that the Premises and that certain contiguous parcel of
real property owned by Landlord and more particularly described in the Lease,
dated ________, between Landlord and Tenant (the "Other Land") may not be
separately assessed for tax purposes by the Treasurer of Hamilton County,
Ohio. In such event, Tenant's payment of the tax bill for the Other Land shall
be deemed payment of the Taxes for the Premises. If Tenant fails to pay any
Taxes when due, then, in addition to any other remedy of Landlord, Landlord
may (but shall not be obligated to) pay the same plus any penalties or
interest, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all amounts so paid within
ten (10) days after Landlord notifies Tenant of the payment.

9.   MAINTENANCE/SERVICES

     (a) Landlord will be responsible for all of the maintenance, repair,
replacement and operation of the Premises and all improvements thereon,
including but not limited to, the Insurance (as defined in Section 11 hereof),
snow removal, parking lot maintenance, lawn and landscape maintenance and
maintenance, repair and replacement of the electrical, plumbing, heating,
ventilation and air conditioning ("HVAC") systems and other major components of
the Building Improvements and structural components of the Building (including
leaks in the roof of the Building) and all other maintenance, repairs and
replacements to all portions of the Premises (including, without limitation,
those which are necessitated by compliance with applicable laws, rules and
regulations or by any decree or order of a court or other governmental agency
with competent jurisdiction). Such maintenance, repair and replacement shall be
performed with reasonably promptness and shall be done in a good and workmanlike
manner, with materials of a quality at least equal to that originally used.

     (b) Tenant, at its expense, shall maintain and keep the interior of the
Building in good order and repair at all times during the term of this Lease,
subject, however, to the obligations of Landlord set forth in this Section 9 and
under other provisions of this Lease. In addition, Tenant shall reimburse
Landlord for the cost of any repairs to the Building necessitated by the acts or
omissions of Tenant, its subtenants, assignees, invitees, employees, contractors
and agents (excluding repairs necessitated by ordinary wear and tear or casualty
damage), to the extent Landlord is not reimbursed for such costs under its
insurance policies or any warranty applicable to such repairs.

     (c) Landlord shall furnish the following services: (i) adequate heating and
air conditioning to provide a temperature condition required, in Landlord's and
Tenant's reasonable judgment, for comfortable occupancy of the Building under
normal business operations; (ii) water for drinking and for any private
restrooms and office kitchen requested by Tenant; (iii) men's and women's
restrooms at locations reasonably designated by Landlord; (iv) daily janitor
service in the Building, weekends and holidays excepted, including periodic
outside window washing of the perimeter windows in the Building; and (vi) daily
trash disposal; and (vii) sewer service.

     (d) Electricity shall be distributed to the Premises by an electric utility
company serving the Building or, at Landlord's option, by Landlord; and Landlord
shall permit Landlord's wire and conduits, to the extent available, suitable and
safely capable, to be used for such distribution. If and so long as Landlord is
distributing electricity to the Premises, Tenant shall obtain all of its
electricity from Landlord and shall pay all of Landlord's reasonable charges,
which charges shall be based on actual meter readings at the Landlord's direct
and actual cost of electricity. The reservation by Landlord of the right to
distribute electricity to the Premises does not mean that Landlord will perform
the same functions and

                                       34
<PAGE>

business as that performed by an electric utility company. Rather, reservation
of said right by Landlord merely means that, in the event that the provision and
business of electricity distribution is deregulated by the State of Ohio,
Landlord shall have the right to select among competing electricity providers
within the State of Ohio for the provision of electricity to the Premises;
provided Landlord shall only select an electricity provider which is widely
recognized as a reputable electricity provider in the Blue Ash, Ohio area. If
the electric utility company is distributing electricity to the Premises,
Landlord, at its cost shall make all necessary arrangements with the electric
utility company for metering the electric current furnished to the Premises and
Tenant shall pay all electrical charges for electric current furnished to the
Premises. All electricity used during the performance of janitor service, or the
making of any alterations or repairs in the Premises, or the operation of any
special air conditioning systems serving the Premises, shall be paid for by
Tenant; provided that Tenant's obligation to pay for any electricity service
shall not commence until Tenant has taken occupancy of the Building and the
Building Improvements are Substantially Complete.

     (e) Landlord shall not be obligated to furnish any services other than
those stated above. The foregoing notwithstanding, Landlord shall provide any
additional services requested by Tenant in addition to those stated above
(including services at times other than those stated above); provided that such
additional services are of the type which the Landlord is reasonably capable of
performing in connection with its property management functions with respect to
the Premises and that Tenant pays Landlord's then prevailing charges for such
additional services, which charges shall be reasonable and shall be based upon
comparable charges in similar office buildings in the Blue Ash, Ohio area. If
Tenant shall fail to make any such payment subject to the notice requirements
and cure period for such default, Landlord may, in addition to all other
remedies available to Landlord, discontinue any additional services. Subject to
the remaining portions of this Section 9, no discontinuance of any such service
shall result in any liability of Landlord to Tenant or be considered as an
eviction or a disturbance of Tenant's use of the Premises. In addition, if
Tenant's concentration of personnel or equipment adversely affects the
temperature or humidity in the Building, Landlord may install supplementary air
conditioning units in the Building, and Tenant shall pay for the reasonable cost
of installation and maintenance thereof.

     (f) Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages for failure
or delay in furnishing any service stated above, nor shall any such failure or
delay be considered to be an eviction or disturbance of Tenant's use of the
Premises, or relieve Tenant from its obligation to pay any Rent when due, or
from any other obligations of Tenant under this Lease. Notwithstanding anything
in this Lease to the contrary: (a) if there is an unavailability or interruption
of any essential service to the Premises (defined as HVAC, water or electrical)
(as to any one of such services, "Essential Services") for a period exceeding
ten (10) consecutive days or exceeding an aggregate of thirty (30) days in any
ninety (90) day period during the term of this Lease (i) Tenant shall be
entitled to an abatement of Rent for the period that such services are
unavailable or interrupted if the interruption in such Essential Services
substantially interferes with Tenant's use of the Premises as contemplated by
this Lease and (ii) Tenant shall have the right, after providing Landlord with
five (5) days' written notice of same and the opportunity to restore such
Essential Services within said five (5) day period, to restore or to have
restored such Essential Services and to deduct the cost thereof from Rent or to
bill Landlord for such costs and/or (b) if there is an unavailability or
interruption of any Essential Services, due to Landlord's negligence (or that of
Landlord's agents, representatives, employees or contractors), for a period
exceeding thirty (30) consecutive days and such unavailability or interruption
substantially interferes with Tenant's use of the Premises as contemplated by
this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written
notice thereof at any time before such Essential Services have been restored and
to pursue all other remedies available to Tenant at law or in equity.

10.  OPERATING EXPENSES/MANAGEMENT FEE

     (a) The term "Operating Expenses" shall mean all expenses, costs and
disbursements (other than Taxes) that are customary and/or necessary, in
Landlord's reasonable discretion, and which are actually and directly paid by
Landlord in connection with the management, maintenance, operation and

                                       35
<PAGE>

insuring the Premises, to the extent not excluded below, including, but not
limited to, a Management Fee (as hereinafter defined) and property and liability
insurance; provided that Tenant shall, at all times during the term of this
Lease, have the right to participate with Landlord in the decision making and
selection process regarding the number and types of services the costs and
expenses for which are included within Operating Expenses. In connection with
the foregoing right to participate, Landlord shall actively involve Tenant in
the initial decision making and selection process prior to the Commencement
Date; provided that after such initial decision making and selections, Landlord
shall only be required to allow Tenant to participate in such decision and
making and selections upon the request of Tenant. Landlord shall competitively
bid all third-party vendor contracts entered into in connection with the
services Landlord is to provide under this Lease to ensure that the cost of such
third-party vendor contracts is consistent with markets applicable to buildings
similar to the Building which are located in the Blue Ash, Ohio area, and Tenant
shall have the right, upon reasonable request and at reasonable times, to review
such bids and third-party vendor contracts to confirm that Landlord is complying
with its obligation under this sentence.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not include:

          (i) costs of tenant alterations;

          (ii) costs of capital improvements (except for costs of any capital
improvements made or installed for the purpose of reducing Operating Expenses or
made or installed pursuant to governmental requirements or insurance
requirements, which costs shall be amortized by Landlord in accordance with
sound accounting and management principles over the reasonable life of the
capital improvement);

          (iii) interest and principal payments on mortgages and the costs
related to financing and refinancing (except interest on the cost of any capital
improvements for which amortization may be included in the definition of
Operating Expenses as provided above) or any rental payments on any ground
leases (except for rental payments which constitute reimbursement for Operating
Expenses);

          (iv) advertising expenses and leasing commissions;

          (v) any reimbursement, refund, credit or insurance payments received
or receivable by Landlord, except through Additional Rent, the intention being
that all such payments shall be only for Landlord's actual net expense;

          (vi) the cost of any kind of service furnished to any other tenant of
the Land which Landlord does not generally make available to all tenants of the
Land;

          (vii) legal expenses of negotiating leases and/or enforcing leases.

          (viii) depreciation and amortization;

          (ix) overhead or profit increment paid to subsidiaries or affiliates
of Landlord for services in connection with the Premises to the extent that the
cost of such services exceeds the competitive cost of such services if they were
not rendered by a subsidiary or affiliate;

          (x) Landlord's general overhead, including payments to personnel of
Landlord above the grade of Building Superintendent/Property Manager or any
payments to personnel in excess of the percentage of their work hours spent
directly on management issues directed solely toward the operation, maintenance
and management of the Premises;

          (xi) any costs, fines or penalties or the cost of remediating,
modifying or correcting

                                       36
<PAGE>

any code or rule violation of any governing authority.

          (xii) the costs or expenses attributable to constructing the Building
Improvements, including correcting deficiencies, errors, omissions and other
defects in items included in the Final Plans but not constructed in accordance
therewith, including any costs and expenses incurred in connection with
compliance with the Landlord's Warranty, and the costs and expenses attributable
to correcting violations of building codes and life safety requirements;

          (xiii) the costs or expenses of repairs or maintenance actually
included or covered by any warranties and service contracts in existence on the
Commencement Date;

          (xiv) any expenses and costs billed directly to or to be paid directly
by any of Landlord's other tenants;

          (xv) any costs incurred in connection with environmental compliance;
and

          (xvi) any costs or expenses related to maintaining Landlord's
existence as a corporation, partnership or other entity or related to Landlord's
general corporate overhead, home office and administrative expenses. Operating
Expenses shall be determined on a cash or accrual basis, as Landlord may elect.

     (b) For so long as Landlord is performing property management functions for
Tenant at the Premises, Tenant shall pay a property management fee to Landlord
in an amount equal to the market rate management fee, but not more than four
(4%) percent of the annual Base Rent (the "Management Fee"), which shall be
payable as part of the Operating Expenses when determining the Additional Rent
due hereunder. Initially, the Management Fee shall be four (4%) percent of the
annual Base Rent. For purposes of this Lease, the "market rate" shall be that
rate which is charged for comparable management of comparable office properties
in Blue Ash, Ohio. In the event that Landlord and Tenant cannot in good faith
agree on the market rate, then each party will obtain two (2) competitive quotes
from managers of comparable office properties in Blue Ash, Ohio, and the market
rate will be the average of the four (4) quotes, subject to the four (4%)
percent maximum provided above.

          During any time in which Landlord is providing property management
functions for Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to remove Landlord as the
property manager for good cause if Landlord is not managing the Premises in
accordance with the then-customary industry practices for comparable office
properties in Blue Ash, Ohio, but only after Tenant (i) notifies Landlord of any
material problem with Landlord's management of the Premises, and (ii) Landlord
has had a reasonable opportunity to cure any such problem about which it has
been notified by Tenant.

          In the event that Landlord intends to sell or otherwise transfer the
Premises, Tenant may elect to hire a new property manager upon thirty (30) days
prior written notice to Landlord (or the new Landlord, as the case may be). In
the event that Tenant does not so elect, Landlord (or the new Landlord, as the
case may be) may require Tenant to hire a new property manager upon thirty (30)
days prior written notice to Tenant.

11.  INSURANCE

     (a) CASUALTY INSURANCE. During the entire term of this Lease, Landlord
shall cause the Building Improvements and any other improvements located on the
Land to be insured for the full replacement value thereof against the hazards
covered by the standard policy of all risks or special peril insurance. Only the
actual cost of such insurance shall be included as part of the Operating
Expenses. Landlord shall provide evidence to Tenant of current insurance
throughout the term of this Lease upon request therefor from Tenant. In case of
loss or damage, the net proceeds of the insurance shall be held

                                       37
<PAGE>

by Landlord and used to rebuild, repair or restore the Premises in accordance
with Section 16 of this Lease.

     (b) LIABILITY INSURANCE. Landlord agrees to carry Commercial General
Liability insurance against claims for bodily injury, death or property damage
covering the Premises and adjoining streets and sidewalks and providing coverage
with maximum limits of liability of not less than $3,000,000.00 for personal
injury or death and property damage in any one occurrence, $5,000,000.00 in the
aggregate per policy year, naming Tenant as an additional insured. Landlord
shall provide evidence to Tenant of current insurance throughout the term of
this Lease upon request therefor from Tenant. Only the actual cost of such
insurance shall be included as part of the Operating Expenses.

     (c) WORKER'S COMPENSATION. Tenant agrees to carry Worker's Compensation
insurance at the minimum statutory amount.

     (d) PERSONAL PROPERTY. Tenant shall bear the risk of all loss of contents
contained in the Premises, including but not limited to all goods, products,
property or equipment owned or belonging to Tenant or which is or may be used,
consumed, or stored on the Premises and shall defend, indemnify and hold
harmless Landlord related to such loss.

     (e) CANCELLATION. All policies of insurance evidencing the coverage
required by this Section 11 (collectively, "Insurance") shall contain a
provision that thirty (30) days prior written notice will be provided to both
Landlord and Tenant in the event of cancellation, non-renewal or material change
in the insurance coverage, and that any loss otherwise payable under the
insurance policy shall be payable notwithstanding any act or negligence of
Landlord or Tenant that might, absent such agreement, result in a forfeiture of
all or part of the insurance proceeds.

     (f) INSURANCE FAILURE. If either party hereto fails to effect, maintain or
renew any Insurance which it is required to effect, maintain or renew hereunder,
or to pay the premiums for the same, or to deliver any required certificates,
then, in addition to any other remedy available hereunder, the other party
hereto may (but shall not be obligated), upon five (5) days notice to the other,
procure such insurance. Either party procuring such insurance as provided in the
preceding sentence shall be reimbursed by the other within ten (10) days after
notifying such other party of any such payment. In the event that Tenant is the
party who has procured such insurance under this Section 11(f), Tenant shall
also have the option to set off such reimbursement against Rent.

12.  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     (a) Except as otherwise provided herein, Tenant shall not assign this Lease
or any interest under this Lease, sublet these Premises, in whole or in part,
mortgage or provide any other security interest in its leasehold interest or
place or suffer to be placed any other lien on the Premises or its leasehold
interest, without the express written consent of the Landlord as provided in
this Section 12. Any such assignment or subletting or granting of a security
interest or lien in Tenant's leasehold interest shall not, in any way, affect or
limit the liability of Tenant under the terms of this Lease. Any purported or
attempted sublease or assignment of this Lease or granting of a security
interest or lien in Tenant's leasehold interest without Landlord's consent shall
be void. In the event that Tenant desires to assign or sublet this Lease or to
grant a security interest in its leasehold interest, Tenant shall reimburse
Landlord for Landlord's reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in reviewing all
pertinent information relating to the proposed assignment or subletting or
security interest, including, but not limited, Landlord's attorneys' fees;
provided that the aggregate reimbursement for any requested consent to an
assignment or sublease or to a security interest in Tenant's leasehold interest
shall not exceed two thousand and 00/100 dollars ($2,000.00).

                                       38
<PAGE>

     (b) If Tenant requests Landlord's consent to an assignment of this Lease or
to a subletting of all or a part of the Premises or to the granting of any
security interest in Tenant's leasehold interest (as to each, the "Requested
Assignment"), Tenant shall submit to Landlord, in writing, at least twenty (20)
days in advance of the date on which Tenant desires to make the Requested
Assignment, notice of the name of the proposed assignee or subtenant or security
interest holder, as the case may be, under the Requested Assignment and the
proposed commencement date of the Requested Assignment, together with copies of
all agreements entered into or contemplated to be entered into regarding the
Requested Assignment, and such information as Landlord may reasonably request
regarding, as applicable, the nature and character of the business of the
proposed assignee or subtenant or the nature and character of the security
interest proposed to be granted with respect to Tenant's leasehold interest
under the Requested Assignment. Landlord shall have the option (to be exercised
within fifteen (15) days from Landlord's receipt of Tenant's submission of
written request for consent to the Requested Assignment), (i) to consent to the
Requested Assignment (in which event Tenant shall deliver to Landlord
fully-executed legible, correct and complete copies of all agreements relating
to the Requested Assignment); or (ii) to refuse to consent (based upon
reasonable grounds) to the Requested Assignment. If Landlord should fail to
notify Tenant in writing of such election within such fifteen (15) day period,
Landlord shall be deemed to have elected option (i) above. Notwithstanding
Landlord's consent to any Requested Assignment, no further or subsequent
assignment or subletting or granting of a security interest in Tenant's
leasehold interest shall be permitted unless Landlord consents in writing
thereto as provided above.

     (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right, without the
prior written consent of Landlord, to assign this Lease or to sublease all or
any portion of the Premises ("Permitted Assignment") to any person or entity who
(i) has Control (as hereinafter defined) of Tenant; (ii) is under Control by an
entity which also has Control of Tenant; (iii) is under Control by Tenant; (iv)
is the successor to Tenant by merger or consolidation; or (v) is the purchaser
of all or substantially all of the assets or capital stock of Tenant. "Control"
shall mean the ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the subject entity's
capital stock or other analogous ownership interest. Tenant shall provide
Landlord with written notice of each Permitted Assignment, within ten (10) days
from the date that such Permitted Assignment is to be effective, which written
notice shall identify the name and address of the assignee or subtenant under
said Permitted Assignment and the effective date of such Permitted Assignment.

     (d) Landlord shall have the right to assign this Lease, in whole or in
part, without the prior consent of Tenant; provided that Tenant shall not be
obligated to pay Rent to such assignee of Landlord or to otherwise render the
performance of its other obligations hereunder in favor of such assignee of
Landlord until Tenant has been provided written notice of such assignment and
the identity and address of such assignee of Landlord and provided further that
no such assignment shall relieve Landlord of any obligations or liability
accruing prior to the effective date of such assignment or of any of its
obligations or liability under Section 17 of this Lease. Tenant hereby
acknowledges that Landlord will assign its interest under this Lease to a new
limited liability company, to be formed under the name of Neyer Lake Forest I,
LLC, and agrees to recognize said new limited liability company as the new
Landlord under this Lease; provided that Landlord delivers to Tenant the notice
required in the preceding sentence.

13.  ALTERATIONS

     Except for the installation of Tenant's trade fixtures, Tenant shall make
no alterations or any improvements to the Premises without the prior written
consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or
conditioned or unduly delayed. If Landlord desires that Tenant remove any
alterations at the expiration or termination of this Lease, it must notify
Tenant of same in writing at the time it gives Tenant consent to make such
alterations. Except to the extent that Landlord has otherwise directed Tenant to
remove the alterations as provided in the preceding sentence, any such
alterations shall become a part of the Premises and shall not be removed by
Tenant from the Premises, such alterations being the property of Landlord. In
the event any such alterations are made by Tenant to the Premises with
Landlord's consent, Tenant shall (i) use such contractors as are reasonably
acceptable to Landlord, (ii) make or cause to be made such improvements in a
good and workmanlike manner, (iii)

                                       39
<PAGE>

secure all required permits and approvals, and (iv) promptly remove and
discharge any and all liens or claims made as a result thereof. Tenant agrees to
indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all costs, expenses and attorneys'
fees arising directly or indirectly from any such alterations. Tenant's
contractors shall carry insurance, including worker's compensation, builder's
risk and liability insurance in such amounts and form as are reasonably
acceptable to Landlord.

14.  SIGNS

     Landlord, in addition to the Building Improvements to be constructed
hereunder, shall construct and install or have constructed and installed on the
Premises, an exterior sign (the "Exterior Sign"), the location, size and
appearance of which shall be mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant;
provided that the Exterior Sign shall be subject to all applicable governmental
rules, regulations and codes. The construction and installation of the Exterior
Sign shall be completed not later than the date on which the Building
Improvements are Substantially Complete. The construction and installation of
the Exterior Sign shall be at the cost of Tenant; provided that Tenant is hereby
given an allowance of Ten Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($10,000.00) (the "Sign
Allowance") to be credited against the billing costs of constructing and
installing the Exterior Sign on the Premises. To the extent the costs of
constructing and installing the Exterior Sign exceed the Sign Allowance and
before Tenant shall be permitted to occupy the Premises, Tenant shall reimburse
Landlord for such excess costs after Substantial Completion of the Building
Improvements and completion of the Exterior Sign within thirty (30) days of
receiving an invoice from Landlord itemizing all of the costs incurred in
connection with construction and installation of the Exterior Sign. With respect
to any additional signs, Tenant shall have the right to install such additional
signs on the Premises as it determines are necessary or desirable; provided that
Tenant shall comply and shall be responsible for compliance with all applicable
governmental rules, regulations and codes in connection with such additional
signs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be required to obtain the
prior written consent of Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld, conditioned or unduly delayed) in connection with signs Tenant intends
to erect for a new subtenant or assignee, which new subtenant or assignee has
been approved by Landlord pursuant to Section 12 hereof or which is a new
subtenant or assignee under a Permitted Assignment.

15.  EMINENT DOMAIN

     If all or any part of the Premises shall be taken, condemned or
appropriated under power of eminent domain or by any competent authority for any
public or quasi-public use or purpose, whether such taking, condemnation or
appropriation be by agreement (i.e. negotiated settlement) or by suit, then this
Lease shall terminate as to the part so taken on the day when Tenant is required
to yield possession thereof, and Landlord shall use its best efforts to make
such repairs and alterations as may be necessary in order to restore the part
not so taken to useful condition within (60) days from the date Tenant is
required to yield possession, and the Rent due hereunder shall be reduced
equitably. If Landlord fails to use its best efforts to repair and restore the
Premises within said sixty (60) day period, then Tenant may, after providing
Landlord with thirty (30) days' written notice of such failure, terminate this
Lease by written notice thereof to Landlord or Tenant may elect to make or
complete such repairs and alterations, and Landlord shall reimburse Tenant
promptly upon demand for the reasonable costs thereof. To the extent that
Landlord fails to reimburse Tenant within ten (10) days from the date Tenant has
made a written demand for such reasonable costs, Tenant shall have the right to
set off such unreimbursed costs against Rent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to
the extent Landlord's failure to timely repair and restore the Premises is the
result of the acts or omissions of Landlord or Landlord's agents, employees or
contractors, the exercise by Tenant of the foregoing right to terminate or the
right to restore on Landlord's behalf shall not preclude or otherwise prevent
Tenant from pursuing any other rights or remedies which are available at law or
in equity. To the extent such repairs and alterations in connection with said
restoration render any portion of the remaining Premises untenantable, Rent
shall be abated equitably as to that part of the remaining Premises which has
been rendered untenantable during the period of such restoration. Tenant shall
have the option to terminate this Lease if a Substantial Portion (as defined in
Section 16 hereof) of

                                       40
<PAGE>

the Premises is so taken. The option to terminate shall exist as of the date
when Tenant is required to yield possession of such portion of the Premises.

     In the event of any such taking or appropriation, Landlord shall be
entitled to all judgments, awards or compensation paid on account thereof;
provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to any compensation awarded by
any said governmental agency (or any division thereof) (to the extent the
compensation awarded does not reduce Landlord's award) for loss of business,
cost of removal of stock and fixtures and re-location costs and expenses
(including, without limitation, increased rental) as well as the loss of its
interest under this Lease and the value of any unamortized investment Tenant has
made in improvements or alterations to the Premises.

16.  FIRE AND CASUALTY

     If less than a Substantial Portion of the Premises is damaged by fire or
other casualty ("Casualty"), Landlord shall repair and restore the damaged
portion of the Premises to substantially the same condition prior to such
Casualty within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such Casualty,
except that Landlord shall not be required to repair or restore any leasehold
improvements installed in the Premises by Tenant. If Landlord fails to repair
and restore the Premises within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of
such Casualty, then Tenant may, at any time after expiration of said one hundred
eighty (180) day period and before such repair and restoration is completed by
Landlord, elect to terminate this Lease by written notice thereof to Landlord or
to make or complete such repairs and restoration, and Landlord shall reimburse
Tenant promptly upon demand for the reasonable costs thereof. To the extent that
Landlord fails to reimburse Tenant within ten (10) days from the date Tenant has
made a written demand for such reasonable costs, Tenant shall have the right to
set off such unreimbursed costs against Rent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to
the extent Landlord's failure to timely repair and restore the Premises is the
result of the acts or omissions of Landlord or Landlord's agents, employees or
contractors, the exercise by Tenant of the foregoing right to terminate or the
right to restore on Landlord's behalf shall not preclude or otherwise prevent
Tenant from pursuing any other rights or remedies which are available at law or
in equity.

     If the entire Premises or a Substantial Portion thereof is damaged by a
Casualty such that it cannot be restored to substantially its condition prior to
such Casualty within one hundred eighty (180) days (as determined by mutual
agreement of Landlord and Tenant) after the Casualty date, or if the Casualty
occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the term of this Lease, or if the
insurance proceeds received by Landlord are insufficient to restore the Premises
to substantially its condition prior to the Casualty, then either party hereto
may elect, by giving written notice to the other within sixty (60) days after
the Casualty date, to terminate this Lease. If this Lease has not been
terminated by the date sixty (60) days after the Casualty date, then Landlord
shall with due diligence repair and restore the Premises to substantially its
condition prior to the Casualty.

     Rent shall be abated equitably with respect to that portion of the Premises
which is rendered untenantable as a result of a Casualty and/or as a result of
repair and restoration activities in connection with a Casualty from the date of
casualty until the date on which the Premises have been restored to
substantially its condition prior to such Casualty.

     If this Lease is not terminated pursuant to this Section 16, Tenant shall
as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of any damage or destruction
make such repairs and replacements in the Premises as are necessary to restore
Tenant's leasehold improvements (except the Building Improvements, and the
Exterior Sign which shall be the responsibility of Landlord as provided above).

                                       41
<PAGE>

     A "Substantial Portion" of the Premises, for the purposes of Sections 15
and 16 of this Lease, shall be deemed to mean that Tenant is unable to use
thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the space in the Building for the operation
of Tenant's business at the Premises as contemplated by this Lease.

17.  INDEMNIFICATION

     Subject to Section 34 hereof, each of the Parties hereto (the "Indemnifying
Party") shall indemnify and save harmless the other (the "Indemnified Party")
against and from all expenses, liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties,
claims, accidents, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees
paid, suffered or incurred for death or damage or injury to persons or property
in whole or in part as a result of any breach by the Indemnifying Party, its
agent, independent contractors, servants, employees or licensees, of any
covenant, representation, warranty, or condition of this Lease or arising out of
the carelessness, negligence, or improper conduct of the Indemnifying Party, its
agents, servants, employees or licensees resulting from its performance of its
obligations under this Lease or its use and occupancy of the Premises. The
indemnification obligations contained in this Section 17 are expressly
conditioned on the Indemnified Party's giving the Indemnifying Party prompt
written notice of any action, proceeding, claim or demand which may trigger the
indemnification obligation. Tenant's liability under this Lease extends to the
acts and omissions of any subtenants, and any agent, servant, employee, or
licensee of any subtenant. The obligations of indemnity under this Section shall
survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

18.  TENANT DEFAULT

     If any one or more of the following events shall occur and be continuing:
(i) the Rent or any part thereof or any other payment due from Tenant to
Landlord hereunder shall at any time be past due in arrears and unpaid for a
period of ten (10) days from the date Tenant has received written notice thereof
from Landlord (provided that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide more
than two (2) notices of such monetary default in any consecutive twelve (12)
month period during the term of this Lease), or (ii) Tenant shall default in the
performance of any of the other covenants and agreements of this Lease, except
failure to maintain insurance coverage which shall be an immediate default, and
shall fail to remedy such default within thirty (30) days after Tenant has
received written notice of such default from Landlord, or if such default cannot
with reasonable diligence be cured within thirty (30) days, Tenant shall fail to
commence a remedy of such default within thirty (30) days, or (iii) Tenant shall
make any assignment of substantially all of Tenant's assets for the benefit of
its creditors or be adjudicated a bankrupt, or (iv) Tenant shall file an
application in Federal District Court for the reorganization seeking a
compromise or settlement of its indebtedness, or (v) the interest of Tenant
shall be sold under execution or other legal process, or (vi) a receiver or
trustee is appointed for substantially all of the property of Tenant and shall
not be discharged within forty-five (45) days after such appointment, then, and
in any one or more of such events, Landlord, at its option, may do any one or
more or all of the following:

     (a) Terminate this Lease and re-enter into and upon the Premises and again
have, repossess, and enjoy the same with all of the improvements then located
thereon as if this Lease had not been made, in which event this Lease and
everything therein contained on the part of the Landlord to be kept and
performed shall cease, and be utterly void without prejudice, however to
Landlord's right of action for unpaid Rent and/or breach of this Lease.

     (b) Relet the Premises upon such terms as Landlord may, from time to time,
elect, and apply the net proceeds towards Tenant's obligations hereunder;
notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant agrees, regardless of whether Landlord has
relet the Premises, to pay to Landlord the Rent herein agreed to be paid by
Tenant, less the proceeds of reletting, if any, plus the cost of tenant
improvements, leasing

                                       42
<PAGE>

commissions and any and all costs related to reletting the Premises. Landlord
shall use reasonable efforts to relet the Premises.

     (c) Charge a late payment fee of five percent (5%) on any overdue payment
to cover the extra expense incident to handling delinquent accounts.

19.  HOLDING OVER

     Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant, Tenant shall
have no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof after the
termination of the term of this Lease. The foregoing notwithstanding, if Tenant
shall not have vacated the Premises by the termination date of the term of this
Lease (subject to applicable renewals), Tenant shall be deemed a tenant from
month to month only and shall pay Landlord Rent at a monthly rate of 125% of the
Rent in effect immediately prior to the termination date for the time that
Tenant remains in possession. In such event, the rights and obligations of
Landlord and Tenant shall be governed, except as to Rent and duration (which
shall be governed by the preceding sentence), by the provisions of this Lease.
No such holding over shall be deemed to constitute a renewal or extension of the
term hereof.

20.  LANDLORD'S WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

     Landlord warrants and represents to Tenant that:

     (a) Landlord has full right and power to execute and perform this Lease and
to grant the estate demised herein and that Tenant, on payment of the Rent and
performance of the covenants and agreements hereof, shall peaceably and quietly
have, hold and enjoy the Premises.

     (b) Landlord own fees simple title to the Land, free and clear of any
liens, encumbrances, restrictions and violations (or claims or notices thereof),
except as set forth on Exhibit "D" attached hereto and incorporated herein.

     (c) At the time of the commencement of construction of the Building
Improvements by Landlord, throughout the construction period and on the
Commencement Date, all necessary or appropriate governmental consents, permits
and approvals for the design and construction of the Building Improvements and
the Premises and their use and occupancy by Tenant as an
office/warehouse/industrial building shall be obtained by Landlord, except those
required in relation to Tenant's specific operations regardless of the location
of such operations.

     (d) The location of the Building Improvements and other improvements will,
when constructed, comply in all material respects with all applicable building,
environmental and zoning laws, regulations and ordinances and all other
applicable laws, rules, regulations and ordinances, including without
limitation, the provisions of the Americans With Disabilities Act.

     (e) To the best of Landlord's knowledge, no notification of release of a
hazardous substance pursuant to CERCLA (as defined in Section 22 hereof) or the
Federal Clean Water Act, or any environmental law, regulation or ordinance has
been filed as to the Premises.

     (f) To the best of Landlord's knowledge, no hazardous, toxic or polluting
substances (including petroleum products) have been released, discharged or
disposed of on the Premises.

     (g) To the best of Landlord's knowledge, no underground storage tanks,
asbestos or PCB's are or have been located anywhere on the Premises.

                                       43
<PAGE>

     (h) Landlord has not received any request for information, notices of
claim, demand letters, or other notification relevant to the Premises with
respect to any investigation or clean up of hazardous substance releases.

          Further, Landlord also hereby covenants that it shall, during the term
of this Lease, cause the Building Improvements and other improvements to comply
in all material respects with all applicable building, environmental and zoning
laws, regulations and ordinances and all other applicable laws, rules,
regulations and ordinances, including without limitation, the provisions of the
Americans With Disabilities Act.

          The foregoing covenants, representations and warranties of Landlord
shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

21.  LANDLORD'S AND TENANT'S REMEDIES

     All rights and remedies of Landlord and Tenant herein shall be cumulative,
and none shall exclude any other right or remedy allowed by law. In addition to
the other remedies in this Lease provided, Landlord and Tenant shall each have
and enjoy all rights and remedies to which each is entitled under law and in
equity. Further, all rights and remedies of Landlord and Tenant shall survive
the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

22.  ENVIRONMENTAL

     (a) Tenant covenants and agrees with Landlord as follows:

          (a.1) All notices, permits, licenses or similar authorizations, if
any, required to be obtained or filed in connection with the use and operation
of the Premises by Tenant (except for those notices, permits, licenses or
similar authorizations which Landlord is required to file or obtain under this
Lease), or anyone claiming by, through or under Tenant, including, without
limitation, treatment, storage, disposal or release of a hazardous substance or
solid waste into the environment shall be duly obtained or filed by Tenant at
its expense.

          (a.2) All hazardous substances or solid waste generated at the
Premises by Tenant or by Tenant's agents, employees or contractors shall be
transported, treated and disposed of only by carriers maintaining valid permits
under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. ss.ss. 6901 et
seq.), as amended ("RCRA") and any other environmental laws, and only at
treatment, storage and disposal facilities maintaining valid permits under RCRA
and any other environmental laws.

          (a.3) The use of the Premises by Tenant, or anyone claiming by,
through or under Tenant, shall not result in the unlawful or unauthorized
disposal or other release of any hazardous substance or solid waste on or to the
Premises.

          (a.4) DEFINITIONS. The terms "hazardous substance," "release," and
"threatened release" have meanings as specified in the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act ("CERCLA"), and the terms
"solid waste" and "disposal" (or "disposed") have meanings as specified in RCRA;
provided, however, in the event either CERCLA or RCRA is amended so as to
broaden the meaning of any term defined thereby, such broader meaning shall
apply after the effective date of such amendment, and provided further that to
the extent the laws of the State of Ohio establish a meaning for "hazardous
substance," "release," "solid waste," or "disposal" which is broader than that
specified in either CERCLA or RCRA, such broader meaning shall apply. The term
"environmental laws" means any and all laws, statutes, ordinances, rules,
regulations, orders, or determinations of any governmental authority pertaining
to health or the environment in effect in any and all jurisdictions in which the
Premises is located, including, without limitation, the Clean Air Act, the Clean
Water Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability
Act, the Occupational Safety and

                                       44
<PAGE>

Health Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Safe Drinking Water
Act, and the Toxic Substances Control Act, all as amended and including all
regulations, permits, and orders issued thereunder.

          (a.5) Tenant, for itself and its successors and assigns, hereby
undertakes to protect, indemnify and save Landlord, and its successors and
assigns, harmless from any and all liability, loss or damage that Landlord or
its successors or assigns may suffer as a result of claims, demands, costs, or
judgments against any or all of them, by any third party (including without
limitation, any governmental authority) to the extent any such liability, loss
or damage arises from any actual or alleged violation by Tenant or anyone
claiming by through or under Tenant (except Landlord acting on behalf of Tenant
in Landlord's capacity as manager pursuant to its property management functions
under this Lease) of any environmental law, including, but not limited to,
liability for costs and expenses of abatement, correction or cleanup, fines,
damages, defense costs and penalties, and liability for personal injury or
property damage arising under any statutory or common law tort theory,
including, without limitation, damages assessed for the maintenance of any
public or private nuisance, or for the carrying on of any abnormally dangerous
activity. The provisions of this indemnity shall survive the expiration or
earlier termination of this Lease, but shall only apply to claims, demands,
costs or judgments arising due to occurrences or activities which occur on or
after the date Tenant takes possession and during the term of this Lease.

     (b) Landlord, for itself and its successors and assigns, hereby undertakes
to protect, indemnify and save Tenant, and its successors and assigns, harmless
from any and all liability, loss or damage that Tenant, or its successors or
assigns may suffer as a result of claims, demands, costs or judgments against
any or all of them by any third party (including without limitation, any
governmental authority) to the extent any such liability, loss or damage arises
from any actual or alleged violation by Landlord or anyone claiming by, through
or under Landlord (including violations committed or alleged to have been
committed by Landlord while acting on behalf of Tenant in Landlord's capacity as
manager pursuant to its property management functions under this Lease), or any
predecessor owner or occupant of the Land of any environmental law, including
but not limited to, liability for costs and expenses of abatement, correction or
clean up, fines, damages, defense costs and penalties, and liability for
personal injury or property damage arising under any statutory or common law
tort theory, including without limitation, damages assessed for the maintenance
of any public or private nuisance, or for the carrying on of any normally
dangerous activity. The provisions of this indemnity shall survive the
expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

23.  TENANT'S PROPERTY

     All trade fixtures, equipment and other property owned by Tenant shall
remain the property of Tenant without regard to the means by which, or the
person by whom the same are installed in or attached to the Premises, and
Landlord agrees that Tenant shall have the right at any time, and from time to
time, to remove any and all of its trade fixtures, equipment and other property
provided that Tenant restores the Premises to its original condition, normal
wear and tear excepted. Further, Landlord hereby waives any and all lien rights
it may have, statutory or otherwise, concerning the trade fixtures, equipment
and other property owned by Tenant and located on the Premises.

24.  LABOR

     Landlord and Tenant agree to comply with and to require their respective
contractors to comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances,
regulations and requirements relating to the employment, conditions of
employment and hours of labor in connection with any demolition, construction,
alteration or repair work done by or for Landlord or Tenant in or about the
Premises.

                                       45
<PAGE>

25.  SPECIAL STIPULATIONS

     (a) No waiver of any default of Landlord or Tenant hereunder shall be
implied from any omission by the other party to take any action on account of
such default if such default persists or be repeated, and no express waiver
shall affect any default other than the default specified in the express waiver
and that only for the time and to the extent therein stated.

     (b) All of the covenants of the parties hereunder shall be deemed and
construed to be "conditions" as well as "covenants" as though the words
specifically expressing or importing covenants and conditions were used in each
separate instance.

     (c) Landlord and Tenant agree that this Lease shall not be recorded;
however, Landlord agrees that, at the request of Tenant, it will promptly
execute a Memorandum of Lease describing Tenant's rights hereunder to Tenant's
reasonable satisfaction, in the form prescribed by statute, which Memorandum of
Lease shall then be so filed for record.

     (d) Neither party has made any representations or promises, except as
contained herein or in some further writing signed by the party making such
representation or promise.

     (e) This Lease shall not be binding until and unless all parties have
signed it; provided, however, that this Lease may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

     (f) Any person executing this Lease as agent for or officer of a principal,
corporation or partnership warrants his authority to do so and further warrants
his authority to execute any and all other documents in connection with this
Lease and the transactions contemplated herein.

     (g) Any dispute between the parties with respect to a material breach of
this Lease which cannot be settled by Landlord and Tenant shall be settled by
arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American
Arbitration Association, as amended and in effect on the date notice is given of
the intention to arbitrate, which arbitration shall be conducted in the City of
Cincinnati, Ohio. The determination of the arbitrators shall be final, binding
and conclusive on all the parties, and judgement may be rendered thereon by any
court having jurisdiction, upon application of either Landlord or Tenant.

26.  DEFAULT BY LANDLORD

     If Landlord shall breach any material agreement, condition or other
provision in this Lease, and shall not cure such breach within thirty (30) days
after notice in writing from the Tenant specifying the breach (or, if such
breach cannot reasonably be cured with said thirty (30) day period, shall not
commence to cure within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice from
Tenant of such breach and thereafter prosecute the curing of such breach to
completion with due diligence), Tenant, at its option, may cure such a breach of
this Lease by Landlord by exercising any rights and remedies available under the
laws of the State of Ohio. Tenant may also, at its option, and after thirty (30)
days written notice to Landlord specifying any default, in the performance or
observance of any agreement, condition or other provision in this Lease, without
waiving any claims for breach of agreement, cure such default for the account of
Landlord, and the Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for any amount paid and any
expense or contractual liability so incurred within ten (10) days after the
giving of notice thereof to Landlord by Tenant. To the extent that Landlord
fails to reimburse Tenant within said ten (10) day period, Tenant shall have the
right to set off such unreimbursed costs against Rent.

                                       46
<PAGE>

27.  LIABILITY OF LANDLORD
     Intentionally deleted.

28.  TENANT'S RIGHT TO DEFEND

     Tenant shall have the right to defend or otherwise contest, at its own
expense and in its own name, or in the name of Landlord, after due notice to
Landlord, to such extent as Tenant may deem necessary, any suits, actions or
claims filed or made by any third party which may in the judgment of Tenant
threaten any rights of Tenant relating to the Premises or in any way Tenant's
possession or right of possession of the Premises, but nothing herein contained
shall restrict Landlord, at Landlord's sole cost and expense, from defending,
contesting or participating in the defense or contest of any such suit or action
if in the judgment of Landlord the interests of Landlord shall so require. The
provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination
of this Lease.

29.  ACCESS TO PREMISES

     Landlord, or its agents, shall have the right, upon prior notice of at
least one (1) business day, except in case of emergency, to enter upon the
Premises at times mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant for the purpose of
inspecting same, or of making repairs, additions, or alterations to the Premises
or any property owned or controlled by Landlord. In the event that Tenant has
not timely exercised its right to the next applicable Renewal Term, Landlord
shall have the right, during the last twelve (12) months of the term of this
Lease, to (i) show the Premises, after providing prior notice to Tenant of at
least one (1) business day and at times mutually acceptable to Landlord and
Tenant, to prospective tenants and other interested parties, while at all times
during such showings being accompanied by an authorized agent or employee of
Tenant; and (iii) maintain signage indicating the Premises' availability.

30.  QUIET ENJOYMENT

     Landlord agrees that Tenant, paying the rents and performing the covenants
of this Lease, may quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises during the term of
this Lease.

31.  SURRENDER

     At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall
surrender the Premises, including any improvements, additions and other
leasehold improvements made by Tenant, to Landlord in as good condition as on
the Commencement Date, excepting ordinary wear and tear and casualty and
condemnation damage. By the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease,
Tenant shall remove all of Tenant's personal property and trade fixtures from
the Premises, and Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by the
removal of Tenant's personal property and trade fixtures. If Tenant fails to so
remove Tenant's personal property and trade fixtures, Landlord may (but shall
not be obligated to) remove Tenant's personal property and trade fixtures and
store the same and repair all damage caused by the removal, all at Tenant's
expense. In that event, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs and
expenses incurred in the removal, the storage or personal property and trade
fixtures and the repair of the Premises, within ten (10) days after Landlord
notifies Tenant of the amount of the costs and expenses.

32.  WAIVER

     The waiver by Landlord of the breach of any of the covenants or conditions
by Tenant, or the consent by Landlord to any assignment by Tenant, shall not
affect the right of remedy of the Landlord for

                                       47
<PAGE>

any future breach or assignment without consent; but such right of remedy may be
pursued as if no such waver or consent had been given.

     The waiver by Tenant of the breach of any of the covenants or conditions by
Landlord, or the consent by Tenant to any assignment by Landlord, shall not
affect the right of remedy of the Tenant for any future breach or assignment
without consent; but such right of remedy may be pursued as if no such waiver or
consent had been given.

33.  NOTICE

     Wherever in this Lease it shall be required or permitted that notice or
demand be given or served by either party of this Lease to the other, such
notice or demand shall be given in writing and forwarded by certified mail or
overnight courier delivery, and shall take effect upon receipt by the receiving
party, addressed as follows:

         To Landlord:      Al Neyer, Inc.
                           3800 Red Bank Road
                           Cincinnati, OH 45227
                           Attn:  Property Management Department

         With a Copy To:   Keating, Muething & Klekamp, P.L.L.

                           1400 Provident Tower
                           One East Fourth Street
                           Cincinnati, OH 45202
                           Attn:  Gail G. Pryse, Esq.

         To Tenant:        Cintech Solutions, Inc.
                           2100 Sherman Avenue
                           Norwood, OH 45212-2736
                           Attn: Michael E. Freese

         With a Copy To:   Dinsmore & Shohl, LLP

                           1900 Chemed Center
                           255 E. Fifth Street
                           Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
                           Attn:  Paul R. Mattingly

     Such address may be changed from time to time by either party by serving
notices as above provided. The provisions of this Section shall survive the
expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

34.  WAIVER OF CLAIMS AGAINST PARTIES

     Anything in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord and Tenant
each hereby waives all rights of recovery, claim, action, or cause of action,
against the other, its agents, officers, or employees, for any loss or damage
that may occur to the Building Improvements or the Premises or to either such
party, their respective agents, employees, invitees or contractors, by reason of
fire, the elements, or any other cause which is insured against under the terms
of standard fire and extended coverage insurance policies referred to in Section
11 hereof or is otherwise insured against under an insurance policy maintained
by the party suffering such loss or damage, regardless of cause or origin,
including any negligence of the other party hereto and/or its agents, officers,
or employees, and each party covenants that no insurer shall hold any right of
subrogation against such other party; provided, however, that the foregoing
waivers shall only apply to the extent of any recovery made by the parties
hereto under any

                                       48
<PAGE>

policy of insurance now or hereafter issued. Each party hereto agrees to give
immediately to any insurer that has issued to it policies of fire and extended
coverage insurance written notice of the mutual waiver contained in this
provision and to have such policies endorsed, if necessary, to prevent the
invalidation of insurance coverage by reason of such mutual waiver.

35.  SUBORDINATION

     Tenant agrees that its rights hereunder are subordinated to the lien of any
mortgage or mortgages to any bank, insurance company or any other lender now or
hereafter enforced against the Premises or any part thereof, and to all advances
made or hereafter to be made upon the security thereof, subject, however, to the
requirement that Tenant be provided a Non-Disturbance Agreement (as hereinafter
defined) with respect to each such lien or mortgage.

     Tenant will cooperate in executing any instrument of subordination and
nondisturbance required by any mortgagee, provided that the mortgagee shall
execute and deliver to Tenant a nondisturbance agreement in a form reasonably
satisfactory to Tenant's counsel which shall state that (i) Tenant will not be
evicted in the event of foreclosure or ejectment of Landlord for noncompliance
with the conditions of any mortgage or lien on the Premises so long as Tenant
shall pay the Rent and shall otherwise comply with all of the other terms and
provisions of this Lease, and (ii) the successor landlord will honor the terms
of this Lease, and (iii) such instrument will not impose further obligations on
Tenant (collectively, a "Non-Disturbance Agreement").

36.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

     This Lease and all of its terms, covenants and provisions shall inure to
the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties and their respective
administrators, executors, successors and assigns.

37.  MISCELLANEOUS

     This Lease and all of its terms, covenants and provisions shall be governed
by and construed under the laws of the State of Ohio.

38.  ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

     Each party hereto will, within ten (10) days after receipt from the other,
execute an estoppel certificate certifying as to such facts (if true) and
agreeing to such notice provisions and other matters as such person(s)
requesting the estoppel certificate may reasonably require with respect to the
status of this Lease.

39.  NET LEASE

     The parties do hereby declare and state that this Lease is of a kind
commonly known as "Net Lease." Accordingly, Tenant agrees to bear and pay for
all items as previously specified in other Sections of this Lease, subject to
other Sections of the Lease:

     (a) Subject to the other Sections of this Lease, Landlord shall receive
from Tenant the Rent agreed to be paid by Tenant hereunder without reduction on
account of any matter or thing; and

     (b) Landlord, at the expiration of or termination of this Lease, shall
receive possession of the Premises, in accordance with the covenants of Tenant
contained herein, free and clear of all claims, liens, charges and encumbrances,
except those to which the Premises are now subject, or which may be placed
thereon by Landlord, or which shall arise because of breach by Landlord of any
covenant or covenants of

                                       49
<PAGE>

Landlord contained herein or which have not been caused by the act or omission
of Tenant or of Tenant's employees, agents or contractors.

40.  TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE

     In all instances where either party is required to pay any sum or do any
other act at a particular time or within a specified period, it is understood
that time is of the essence, subject to applicable cure periods.

41.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     (a) Tenant acknowledges that it has provided Landlord with its financial
statement(s) as a primary inducement to Landlord's agreement to lease the
Premises to Tenant, and that Landlord has relied on the accuracy of said
financial statement(s) in entering into this Lease. Tenant represents and
warrants that the information contained in said financial statement(s) is true,
complete and correct in all material aspects, and agrees that the foregoing
representations shall be a precondition to this Lease.

     (b) At the reasonable request of Landlord, upon Landlord's refinancing of
the property debt or of a potential property sale, Tenant shall furnish to
Landlord a balance sheet of Tenant as of the end of the most current fiscal year
and a statement of income and expense for that same year, along with a
certificate of the chief financial officer, owner or partner of Tenant to the
effect that the financial statements have been prepared in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and fairly present
the financial condition and results of operations of Tenant as of and for the
period covered. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as Tenant is a public
company, Tenant shall only be obligated to provide or disclose to Landlord those
balance sheets, statements of income and expense and other financial statements
and information which are in the public domain and will have no obligation to
provide or disclose any interim statements.

42.  MOVING ALLOWANCE

     As additional consideration for Tenant's agreement to lease the Premises
from Landlord pursuant to the terms hereof, Landlord shall, not later than
ninety (90) days before Substantial Completion, pay to Tenant the sum of One
Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($100,000.00) (the "Moving Fee") to be used
by Tenant to pay for all costs and expenses it will incur in connection with the
moving of its property, trade fixtures, equipment, files and other data and
materials to the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no
obligation to return any portion of the Moving Fee to Landlord in the event that
Tenant does not use all of the Moving Fee for said costs and expenses, the
Moving Fee being the sole property of Tenant.

                                       50
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant, through their duly authorized
representatives, have caused this Lease to be executed s of the date and year
first above written.

WITNESSES:                                  LANDLORD:

                                            AL NEYER, INC., an Ohio corporation

 /s/ Ellen Mayleben
-------------------------------
                                            By:  /s/ James T. Neyer
                                               ---------------------------------
                                                  James T. Neyer, Vice President
 /s/ Kenneth E. Schon
-------------------------------
                                            TENANT:

                                            CINTECH SOLUTIONS, INC.,
                                            a(n) OHIO CORPORATION
                                               ---------------------------------

 /s/ Michael E. Freese
-------------------------------

                                            By: /s/ Diane M. Kamionka
                                               ---------------------------------

 /s/ James A. Conrady                       Name:  Diane M. Kamionka
-------------------------------                  -------------------------------

                                            Title: President
                                                  ------------------------------

                                       51
<PAGE>

STATE OF OHIO                       )
                                    )  SS:
COUNTY OF HAMILTON                  )

     The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 19TH day of
January, 2001, by James T. Neyer, Vice President of Al Neyer, Inc., an Ohio
corporation, on behalf of the corporation.

                                                     /s/ Anne E. Pielage
                                                     ---------------------------

                                                     Notary Public

STATE OF OHIO                       )
                                    )  SS:
COUNTY OF HAMILTON                  )

     The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 18TH day of
January, 2001 by Diane M. Kamionka of Cintech Solutions, Inc., a(n) Ohio
Corporation, on behalf of the Corporation.

                                                     /s/ Susan A.Warren
                                                     ---------------------------

                                                     Notary Public

                                       52
<PAGE>

                                   Exhibit A

                                  Page 1 of 9

                                Drawing of Land

                             -Phase I - 2.25 Acres

                             -Phase II - 1.5 Acres

<PAGE>

                                   Exhibit A

                                  Page 2 of 9

                              Drawing of Site Plan

<PAGE>

                                   Exhibit A

                                  Page 3 of 9

                             Drawing of Garage Plan

<PAGE>

                                   Exhibit A

                                  Page 4 of 9

                          Drawing of First Floor Plan

<PAGE>

                                   Exhibit A

                                  Page 5 of 9

                          Drawing of Second Floor Plan

<PAGE>

                                   Exhibit A

                                  Page 6 of 9

                              Drawing of Building

                                South Elevation

<PAGE>

                                   Exhibit A

                                  Page 7 of 9

                              Drawing of Building

                                 East Elevation

<PAGE>

                                   Exhibit A

                                  Page 8 of 9

                              Drawing of Building

                                North Elevation

<PAGE>

                                   Exhibit A

                                  Page 9 of 9

                              Drawing of Building

                                 West Elevation

<PAGE>
                      SPECIFICATIONS FOR CINTECH SOLUTIONS           EXHIBIT B
================================================================================
                             Shell Building & Site

DIVISION 1 -- GENERAL CONDITIONS

Included in our proposal:

     A.   Architect's and engineer's fees for the design of the site and shell
          building.

     B.   Interior design fee for lobby and toilet rooms.

     C.   Quality control by an independent firm for the earthwork.

     D.   Builders Risk Insurance

     E.   Full-time job site supervision.

     F.   Applicable sales taxes.

     G.   Building permit fees.

     H.   Temporary electric service and consumption costs during construction.

     I.   Sanitary sewer and water tap-in fees.

     J.   AIA Contract Documents

     K.   Any suppliers or subcontractors not under our contract must conform to
          our construction details and schedules.

     L.   All labor is to be merit shop construction with no provisions for
          prevailing wages.

     M.   Complete labor and material guarantee for two (2) years. A
          walk-through of the facility will be scheduled just prior to this date
          to determine if there are new warranty issues which need to be
          addressed.

     N.   General and final clean up.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/16/01                              [LOGO]                              Page 1

<PAGE>
                      SPECIFICATIONS FOR CINTECH SOLUTIONS
================================================================================
                             Shell Building & Site

DIVISION 2 -- SITEWORK

Included in our proposal:

     A.   Test borings with engineering analysis for on-site work only.

     B.   Clearing of vegetation as required.

     C.   Back-filling, compaction and testing of fill for all building
          foundations. Note: structural fill under building foundations is to be
          compacted to 98% of standard proctor.

     D.   Re-use of the on-site storm sewer system with catch basins and
          manholes and storm water retention basins. The storm sewer will
          be PVC with catch basins and manholes as required by code and the
          governing watershed district. All catch basins in pavement areas will
          have heavy-duty grates.

     E.   All sanitary sewer site piping.

     F.   Fire suppression water service piping.

     G.   Connection of 1 1/2" water tap, meter, and site domestic water piping.

     H.   Concrete and asphalt paving:

          -    Asphalt paving to be 4" asphalt on 8" crushed stone base at all
               new paving areas.
          -    Repair of existing concrete paving.
          -    Decorative paving/concrete at entry plaza as shown.

     I.   Site concrete is to include:

          -    4" sidewalk.
          -    Concrete approach at entrance drive.
          -    Transformer pad.
          -    Dumpster pad and enclosure.
          -    Cast-in-place and extruded curb at parking.
          -    Headwalls and outlet structures.

     J.   $50,000 landscaping allowance to include design, seed, sod, plantings
          and a lawn irrigation system.

     K.   Site de-watering.

     L.   Demolition of existing building.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/16/01                              [LOGO]                              Page 2

<PAGE>
                      SPECIFICATIONS FOR CINTECH SOLUTIONS
================================================================================
                             Shell Building & Site

DIVISION 3 -- STRUCTURAL CONCRETE

Included in our proposal:

     A.   Building footings-- standard construction, 3,000 psi concrete. Shallow
          spread footings have been included as part of the foundation system.

     B.   Concrete foundations to be 3,500 psi concrete.

     C.   Elevated slabs to be 4" 3,500 psi lightweight concrete with 42" W.W.F.

     D.   The concrete floor flatness and levelness minimum average readings
          taken as a whole, shall be F(sub f) of 2O for flatness and
          F(sub L) of 15 for levelness as set forth by ASTME 1155.

     E.   The building will be designed in accordance with the standards of the
          American Concrete Institute, ACI 318, and all other applicable
          building codes.

     F.   Concrete tests by independent testing laboratory.

     G.   Under-building parking area column base to be encased in concrete.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/16/01                              [LOGO]                              Page 3

<PAGE>
                      SPECIFICATIONS FOR CINTECH SOLUTIONS
================================================================================
                             Shell Building & Site

DIVISION 4 -- MASONRY

Included in our proposal:

     A.   Exterior wall will be a brick veneer, utility size, on masonry
          supported on structural steel lintels.

     B.   Utility brick based upon an allowance of $700/thousand.

     C.   Masonry based upon split concrete masonry units, integrally colored,
          creme buff in color or similar.

     D.   Masonry support system to include metal studs with exterior gypsum
          board faced with 15# builders felt.

     E.   Mortar will be manufacturer's standard color as selected.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/16/01                              [LOGO]                              Page 4

<PAGE>
                      SPECIFICATIONS FOR CINTECH SOLUTIONS
================================================================================
                             Shell Building & Site

DIVISION 5 -- METALS

Included in our proposal:

     A.   Structural system consisting of columns, girders, joists, 4" composite
          floor deck, and roof deck. Structural system is factory painted with
          standard gray primer only. System is designed to meet local code
          requirements. No provision has been made to meet Factory Mutual
          requirements.

     B.   Bay spacing per plan layout.

     C.   Two (2) sets of closed riser, concrete-filled pan stairs with painted
          metal picket railings and pipe cap. The central stair at the elevator
          lobby will also include carpet, drywall finishes under riser and wood
          cap.

     D.   6" guard posts as required.

     E.   Roof frames for HVAC equipment.

     F.   Roof screen included at HVAC equipment.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/16/01                              [LOGO]                              Page 5

<PAGE>
                      SPECIFICATIONS FOR CINTECH SOLUTIONS
================================================================================
                             Shell Building & Site

DIVISION 6 -- CARPENTRY

Included in our proposal:

     A.   2" x 8" moisture resistant roof blocking.

     B.   Miscellaneous wood blocking.

     C.   Toilet rooms to have solid surface countertops with integral solid
          surface sinks.

     D.   Stair at elevator lobby to have a wood cap.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/16/01                              [LOGO]                              Page 6

<PAGE>
                      SPECIFICATIONS FOR CINTECH SOLUTIONS
================================================================================
                             Shell Building & Site

DIVISION 7 -- MOISTURE, THERMAL PROTECTION

Included in our proposal:

     A.   Urethane sealant at vertical brick joints.

     B.   24" x 2" closed cell polystyrene insulation to be placed horizontally
          under slab-on-grade at perimeter walls.

     C.   Roofing system to be a single-ply EPDM, ballasted membrane with
          polyisocyanurate insulation R-15. All roofing and flashings will be
          guaranteed by a ten (10) year limited warranty by the membrane
          manufacturer.

     D.   E.I.F.S. has been included as the exterior wall system for the
          spandrel and tower area.

     E.   Spray-on waterproofing for the foundation walls as required.

     F.   Miscellaneous caulking as required.

     G.   Exterior wall insulation to be 3 1/2" fiberglass batts installed in
          the metal stud wall cavity.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/16/01                              [LOGO]                              Page 7

<PAGE>
                      SPECIFICATIONS FOR CINTECH SOLUTIONS
================================================================================
                             Shell Building & Site

DIVISION 8 -- DOORS, WINDOWS

Included in our proposal:

     A.   The exterior glazing system will consist of 1" thick tinted,
          thermopane units set in clear anodized, thermally-improved, aluminum
          frames as shown on the drawings. All window units to be fixed sash (no
          operating sash). All interior glass to be clear. Tempered glass will
          be provided as required by code.

     B.   Six (6) anodized aluminum storefront doors.

     C.   Doors at central stair to be on automatic hold open or concealed fire
          shutter as shown.

     D.   All other exterior personnel doors to be 16-gauge hollow metal in
          14-gauge, galvanized hollow metal frames.

     E.   All interior personnel doors to be 1 3/4" thick x 3' wide x 8' tall,
          solid core, architectural wood veneer doors in pre-finished aluminum
          frames as allowed by building code.

     F.   Finish hardware for all exterior hollow metal doors to be:
          -    Non-removable pin ball bearing hinges.
          -    Mortise lockset.
          -    Closer with hold open.
          -    Aluminum threshold.
          -    Weatherstripping.

     G.   Finish hardware for interior personnel doors to be:
          -    Butt hinges.
          -    Passage set typical (locksets provided at mechanical rooms).
          -    Closers provided at stairwells and pairs of doors.

     H.   Full length mirrors at all toilet room countertops.

     I.   An allowance of $2,500 is included for a skylight at the central
          stair.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/16/01                              [LOGO]                              Page 8

<PAGE>
                      SPECIFICATIONS FOR CINTECH SOLUTIONS
================================================================================
                             Shell Building & Site

DIVISION 9 -- FINISHES

Included in our proposal:

     A.   All interior partitions to be constructed with one (1) layer of 5/8"
          gypsum wallboard applied to each side of 25-gauge metal stud framing
          members spaced at 24" o.c. Two (2) fire-rated partitions will be
          provided as required by Code.

     B.   Ceramic tile floors to be provided in the toilet rooms. All tile work
          will be thinset and grouted with natural colored, latex enhanced
          grout.

     C.   All toilet room wet walls will receive a 5' high ceramic tile
          wainscot.

     D.   Resilient flooring will be 12" x 12" vinyl composition tile and will
          be provided in the janitor's and electric rooms.

     E.   Suspended acoustic ceiling tile to be provided in the toilet rooms and
          elevator lobbies. The ceiling system to be standard fissure 2' x 2',
          reveal edge tiles in a 15/16" tee grid. The ceiling height will be at
          9'.

     F.   All tenant spaces to have a 4' x 4' ceiling grid system only.

     G.   Two (2) coats of latex paint on all interior drywall partitions.

     H.   An allowance of $30,000 for main entrance lobby finishes as follows:
          -    Flooring - $10,000
          -    Paint/wallcovering - $5,000
          -    Drywall ceilings - $5,000
          -    Millwork - $5,000
          -    Special light fixtures - $5,000

     I.   An allowance of $25,000 for central stair and elevator lobby finishes
          as follows:
          -    Flooring - $5,000
          -    Paint/wallcovering - $5,000
          -    Drywall ceilings - $5,000
          -    Millwork/wood cap - $2,500
          -    Special light fixtures - $7,500

     J.   An allowance of $5,000 for garage entry lobby finishes as follows:
          -    Flooring - $2,500
          -    Paint/wallcovering - $2,500

     K.   The under-building parking area ceiling to be 2' x 4' vinyl rock
          ceiling panels in ceiling grid with 3 1/2" batt insulation.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/16/01                              [LOGO]                              Page 9

<PAGE>
                      SPECIFICATIONS FOR CINTECH SOLUTIONS
================================================================================
                             Shell Building & Site

DIVISION 9 -- FINISHES (CONTINUED)

     L.   An allowance of $8,000 (400 square feet @ $20.00/sf) is included for a
          patio/deck area at the employee breakroom.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/16/01                              [LOGO]                             Page 10

<PAGE>
                      SPECIFICATIONS FOR CINTECH SOLUTIONS
================================================================================
                             Shell Building & Site

DIVISION 10 -- SPECIALTIES

Included in our proposal:

     A.   Ten (10) fire extinguishers.

     B.   A 25' tall anodized aluminum flag pole.

     C.   A signage allowance of $10,000.

     D.   Toilet partitions will be floor mounted, with a plastic laminate
          finish. Each toilet partition door will be furnished with a chrome
          latch, coat hook, and rubber bumper. Matching screens will be provided
          between each urinal. Handicapped toilet stalls will be provided with
          grab bars as required by Code.

     E.   The toilet room will be provided with:
          -    Soap dispensers.
          -    Recessed paper towel dispensers with waste receptacles.
          -    Toilet tissue dispenser for each stall.
          -    Sanitary napkin disposal at each women's toilet stall.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/16/01                              [LOGO]                             Page 11

<PAGE>
                      SPECIFICATIONS FOR CINTECH SOLUTIONS
================================================================================
                             Shell Building & Site
DIVISION 11 -- EQUIPMENT

None included in this proposal.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/16/01                              [LOGO]                             Page 11

<PAGE>
                      SPECIFICATIONS FOR CINTECH SOLUTIONS
================================================================================
                             Shell Building & Site

DIVISION 12 -- FURNISHINGS

Included in our proposal:

     A.   Horizontal mini-blinds included for all tenant space exterior windows.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/16/01                              [LOGO]                             Page 13

<PAGE>
                      SPECIFICATIONS FOR CINTECH SOLUTIONS
================================================================================
                             Shell Building & Site

DIVISION 13 -- SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION

None included in this proposal.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/16/01                              [LOGO]                             Page 14

<PAGE>
                      SPECIFICATIONS FOR CINTECH SOLUTIONS
================================================================================
                             Shell Building & Site

DIVISION 14 -- CONVEYING SYSTEMS

Included in our proposal:

     A.   One (1) hydraulic elevator will be provided. The elevator will have a
          capacity of 3,500 pounds with a travel speed of 150 fpm and will be
          single-side opening. Finishes will be standard with brushed stainless
          steel fronts and doors and plastic laminate interiors.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/16/01                              [LOGO]                             Page 15

<PAGE>
                      SPECIFICATIONS FOR CINTECH SOLUTIONS
================================================================================
                             Shell Building & Site

DIVISION 15 -- MECHANICAL

Included in our proposal:

FIRE PROTECTION

     A.   A complete automatic fire protection sprinkler system will be provided
          for the shell building in accordance with the local fire department.
          Upturned brass sprinkler heads will be used in areas with exposed
          structure. White, concealed heads will be utilized in finished ceiling
          areas at the lobby and restroom areas.

     B.   Garage Area: Ordinary Hazard Group I, .15 GPM/sq. ft. density, most
          remote area of application 1,500 sq. ft., total hose allowance of 250
          GPM, head spacing at a maximum of 256 sq. ft.

     C.   Office Shell Area: Light Hazard, .10 GPM/sq. ft. density, most remote
          area of application 1,500 sq. ft., total hose allowance of l00 GPM,
          head spacing at a maximum of 225 sq. ft.

PLUMBING

     A.   Two (2) core toilet rooms (one set per floor) including the following
          fixtures in each:
          -    Six (6) wall-hung water closets with flush valves and trim.
          -    Two (2) wall-hung urinals with automatic flush valves and trim.
          -    Four (4) counter-mounted with faucets and trim at solid surface
               bowls.
          -    One (1) electric watercooler (high/low design) with stainless
               steel covers per ADA.
          -    One (1) 20-gallon electric water heater (one for each toilet room
               group).
          -    One (1) mop basin with trim.

     B.   Interior storm piping system with roof drains and leaders at perimeter
          of building, underground piping to 5' outside the building and
          insulation of horizontal piping to provide a complete system.

     C.   Interior sanitary system from 5' outside the building with two (2)
          future 4" waste and 3" vent stacks including taps at each floor for
          future extension.

     D.   Domestic water piping system from a flange inside the building with
          two (2) 1" future stacks including valved taps at each floor for
          future extension.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/16/01                              [LOGO]                             Page 16

<PAGE>
                      SPECIFICATIONS FOR CINTECH SOLUTIONS
================================================================================
                             Shell Building & Site

DIVISION 15 -- MECHANICAL (CONTINUED)

Included in our proposal:

HVAC
----

     A.   Five (5) rooftop units with VVT controls, economizers, curbs and gas
          heat (one (1) ton/4,000 square feet, based on a load of 4.5
          watts/square foot).

     B.   Forty (40) VVT zones with programmable thermostats (one (1)/1,000
          square feet).

     C.   Central building control headend with modem.

     D.   Main supply duct, fire damper, hangers, etc. (return is proposed as a
          plenum return).

     E.   Smoke detectors in the rooftop units.

     F.   Bathroom exhaust system.

     G.   Air distribution systems for all lobby and common areas.

     H.   Electric heaters for the entryways and stairways.

     I.   Electric heaters for slab temperature in garage ceiling plenum.

     J.   Distribution beyond main supply duct is excluded and is to be part of
          the tenant improvement.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/16/01                              [LOGO]                             Page 17

<PAGE>
                      SPECIFICATIONS FOR CINTECH SOLUTIONS
================================================================================
                             Shell Building & Site

DIVISION 16 -- ELECTRICAL

Included in our proposal:

     A.   A complete building power distribution system from a utility company
          furnished, pad-mounted transformer. The electrical installation will
          be complete from the transformer to power and lighting panels,
          switches and/or circuit breakers throughout the building to supply
          heating, ventilating, air conditioning, and other items of this
          specification.

     B.   A 1,200 amp, 480/277 volt, 3-phase, 4-wire electric service with two
          (2) 480/277 volt panels and two (2) 208/120 volt panels.

     C.   110 volt duplex receptacles as required in lobby/core area only.

     D.   Light switches as required in lobby/core area only.

     E.   Voice/data receptacles as required in lobby/core area only.

     F.   Fluorescent lighting to provide sixty-five (65) footcandles for the
          restrooms and elevator lobbies.

     G.   Exit and emergency lighting as required by code.

     H.   Parking lot lighting to provide a two (2) footcandle average.

     I.   An allowance of $7,500 for the fire alarm/security system.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/16/01                              [LOGO]                             Page 18

<PAGE>
                      SPECIFICATIONS FOR CINTECH SOLUTIONS
================================================================================
                             Shell Building & Site

EXCLUSIONS

The following items are NOT INCLUDED in our proposal:

     A.   Cable trays, power poles and underfloor electrical duct systems, UPS
          and generator systems.

     B.   Central timeclock and music, telephone systems, security or other
          internal communications systems.

     C.   Furniture and office furnishings including demountable or landscape
          office partitioning, reception desk, marker boards, projection screens
          and vending machines.

     D.   Interior plantscaping.

     E.   Artwork and interior plantscaping.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/16/01                              [LOGO]                             Page 19
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            2000                            2001
ACTIVITY                       ORIG    EARLY     OCT         NOV         DEC           JAN       FEB
   ID     DESCRIPTION          DUR     START  09 16 23 30 06 13 20 27 04 11 18 25 01 08 15 22 29 05 12 19 26
<S>                                           <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>
1000 PRELIMINARY DESIGN        55d   10OCT00A  ==============================================================
1010 Design Development        21d   23FEB01*
1011 Tenant Design             30d   28MAR01
1012 Tenant Procurement        50d   09MAY01
1020 Civil Design              21d   23FEB01*
1030 Structural Design         19d   23FEB01*
1040 Bid Glass                  6d   28MAR01*
1050 Bid Masonry                6d   28MAR01*
1060 Bid Drywall                6d   28MAR01*
1070 Bid Sitework               6d   28MAR01*
1080 Bid Structural Steel       6d   28MAR01*
1090 Procure Glass            8d1h   05APR01*
1100 Procure Masonry           69d   05APR01*
1110 Procure Steel             50d   05APR01*
1120 Erect Steel              8d7h   14JUN01*
1130 Parapet Framing          5d4h   11JUL01*
1140 Roofing                    6d   19JUL01*
1150 Clear Site                 7d   05APR01*
1160 Foundations               10d   16APR01*
1170 Under Slab Utilities      10d   30APR01*
1180 Slab on Grade             12d   14MAY01*
1190 Interior CMU              12d   14MAY01*
1200 Slab on Deck              10d   11JUL01
1210 Interior Framing Board    45d   25JUL01
1220 Finish/Paint              25d   26SEP01
1230 Exterior Framing Board    30d   11JUL01
1240 Glass                     21d   22AUG01
1250 Tenant Improvement        40d   20SEP01*
1260 Ceilings                  10d   26SEP01
1270 Lighting                  20d   10OCT01
1280 Brickwork                 40d   22AUG01
1290 Bid Plumber                5d   28MAR01
1300 Bid Sprinkler              5d   28MAR01
1310 Bid HVAC                   5d   28MAR01
1320 Bid Electrical             5d   28MAR01
1330 Bid Elevators              5d   28MAR01
1340 Procure Elevator         110d   04APR01
1350 Install Elevator          20d   06SEP01
1360 Electric Rough-in         20d   27JUL01
1370 Permanent Power           12d   24AUG01
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<CAPTION>
                                                                                      2001
ACTIVITY                       ORIG    EARLY          MAR          APR           MAY          JUN          JUL            AUG
   ID     DESCRIPTION          DUR     START  05 12 19 26 02 09 16 23 30 07 14 21 28 04 11 18 25 02 09 16 23 30 06 13 20 27
<S>                                           <C>            <C>            <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>
1000 PRELIMINARY DESIGN        55d   10OCT00A PRELIMINARY DESIGN
1010 Design Development        21d   23FEB01* =============== Design Development
1011 Tenant Design             30d   28MAR01                  ==================== Tenant Design
1012 Tenant Procurement        50d   09MAY01                                ===================================Tenant Procurement
1020 Civil Design              21d   23FEB01*  =============Civil Design
1030 Structural Design         19d   23FEB01*  =============Structural Design
1040 Bid Glass                  6d   28MAR01*                ===Bid Glass
1050 Bid Masonry                6d   28MAR01*                ===Bid Masonry
1060 Bid Drywall                6d   28MAR01*                ===Bid Drywall
1070 Bid Sitework               6d   28MAR01*                ===Bid Sitework
1080 Bid Structural Steel       6d   28MAR01*                ===Bid Structural Steel
1090 Procure Glass            8d1h   05APR01*                   =============================================Procure Glass
1100 Procure Masonry           69d   05APR01*                   =============================================Procure Masonry
1110 Procure Steel             50d   05APR01*                   ============================Procure Steel
1120 Erect Steel              8d7h   14JUN01*                                               ===================Erect Steel
1130 Parapet Framing          5d4h   11JUL01*                                                            ==Parapet Framing
1140 Roofing                    6d   19JUL01*                                                              ==Roofing
1150 Clear Site                 7d   05APR01*                    ==Clear Site
1160 Foundations               10d   16APR01*                       ==Foundations
1170 Under Slab Utilities      10d   30APR01*                             ==Under Slab Utilities
1180 Slab on Grade             12d   14MAY01*                                      ==Slab on Grade
1190 Interior CMU              12d   14MAY01*                                      ==Interior CMU
1200 Slab on Deck              10d   11JUL01                                                             ==Slab on Deck
1210 Interior Framing Board    45d   25JUL01                                                                       ===============
1220 Finish/Paint              25d   26SEP01
1230 Exterior Framing Board    30d   11JUL01                                                             =================Exterior
1240 Glass                     21d   22AUG01                                                                                ======
1250 Tenant Improvement        40d   20SEP01*
1260 Ceilings                  10d   26SEP01
1270 Lighting                  20d   10OCT01
1280 Brickwork                 40d   22AUG01                                                                             =========
1290 Bid Plumber                5d   28MAR01             ==Bid Plumber
1300 Bid Sprinkler              5d   28MAR01             ==Bid Sprinkler
1310 Bid HVAC                   5d   28MAR01             ==Bid HVAC
1320 Bid Electrical             5d   28MAR01             ==Bid Electrical
1330 Bid Elevators              5d   28MAR01             ==Bid Elevators
1340 Procure Elevator         110d   04APR01             =========================================================================
1350 Install Elevator          20d   06SEP01
1360 Electric Rough-in         20d   27JUL01                                                                     =================
1370 Permanent Power           12d   24AUG01                                                                                   ===
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<CAPTION>
                                                                       2001
ACTIVITY                       ORIG    EARLY          SEP        OCT         NOV          DEC
   ID     DESCRIPTION          DUR     START   03 10 17 24 01 08 15 22 29 05 12 19 26 03 10
<S>                                                 <C>    <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>
1000 PRELIMINARY DESIGN        55d   10OCT00A
1010 Design Development        21d   23FEB01*
1011 Tenant Design             30d   28MAR01
1012 Tenant Procurement        50d   09MAY01
1020 Civil Design              21d   23FEB01*
1030 Structural Design         19d   23FEB01*
1040 Bid Glass                  6d   28MAR01*
1050 Bid Masonry                6d   28MAR01*
1060 Bid Drywall                6d   28MAR01*
1070 Bid Sitework               6d   28MAR01*
1080 Bid Structural Steel       6d   28MAR01*
1090 Procure Glass            8d1h   05APR01*
1100 Procure Masonry           69d   05APR01*
1110 Procure Steel             50d   05APR01*
1120 Erect Steel              8d7h   14JUN01*
1130 Parapet Framing          5d4h   11JUL01*
1140 Roofing                    6d   19JUL01*
1150 Clear Site                 7d   05APR01*
1160 Foundations               10d   16APR01*
1170 Under Slab Utilities      10d   30APR01*
1180 Slab on Grade             12d   14MAY01*
1190 Interior CMU              12d   14MAY01*
1200 Slab on Deck              10d   11JUL01
1210 Interior Framing Board    30d   27JUL01  =====================Interior Framing Board
1220 Finish/Paint              25d   26SEP01                        =================Finish/Paint
1230 Exterior Framing Board    30d   11JUL01  =====Exterior Framing Board
1240 Glass                     21d   22AUG01         ============ Glass
1250 Tenant Improvement        40d   20SEP01*                   =========================Tenant Improvement
1260 Ceilings                  10d   26SEP01                         ======Ceilings
1270 Lighting                  20d   10OCT01                                  ============Lighting
1280 Brickwork                 40d   22AUG01      =======================Brickwork
1290 Bid Plumber                5d   28MAR01
1300 Bid Sprinkler              5d   28MAR01
1310 Bid HVAC                   5d   28MAR01
1320 Bid Electrical             5d   28MAR01
1330 Bid Elevators              5d   28MAR01
1340 Procure Elevator         110d   04APR01  ==============Procure Elevator
1350 Install Elevator          20d   06SEP01                ========Install Elevator
1360 Electric Rough-in         20d   27JUL01  =============Electric Rough-in
1370 Permanent Power           12d   24AUG01            ========Permanent Power
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Start date  01JAN99                                             ========= Early bar
Finish date 15NOV01                                             ========= Progress bar
Data date   16JAN01                                             ========= Critical bar
Run date    16JAN01                                             --------- Summary bar
Page number 1A                                                  + Start milestone point
(C)Primavera Systems, Inc.                                      + Finish milestone point
</TABLE>

                                  EXHIBIT "C"

                               CINTECH Solutions
<PAGE>

                                   Exhibit D

                                      -6-

     10.  Slope Easement in favor of The City of Blue Ash as granted in Easement
          for Highway Purposes recorded in Deed Book 4146, Page 1560, Hamilton
          County, Ohio Records. (See attachment 2)

     11.  Limitation of Access to Reed-Hartman Highway and limitation of
          Railroad Access recorded in Deed Book 4154, Page 1396, Hamilton
          County, Ohio Records. (See attachment 3)

     12.  Terms and Conditions of Restrictions recorded in Deed Book 4155, Page
          354, Hamilton County, Ohio Records. (See attachment 4)

     13.  Right of Way and Easement for Storm Sewer to the City of Blue Ash
          recorded in Deed Book 4244, Page 1678, Hamilton County, Ohio Records.
          (See attachment 5)

     14.  Twenty (20) foot Private Storm Sewer Easement recorded in Deed Book
          4323, Page 1259, Hamilton County, Ohio Records. (See attachment 6)

     15.  Ten (10) foot Storm Sewer Easement to the City of Blue Ash recorded in
          Deed Book 4323, Page 1261 and accepted by the city of Blue Ash in Deed
          Book 4341, Page 1067, Hamilton County, Ohio Records. (See attachment
          7)

     16.  Ten (10) foot Utility Easement to The Cincinnati Gas and Electric
          Company and the Cincinnati Bell Telephone Company recorded in Deed
          Book 4333, Page 1095, Hamilton County, Ohio Records. (See attachment
          8)

     17.  Ten (10) foot Utility Easement to The Cincinnati Gas and Electric
          Company recorded in Deed Book 4334, Page 943, Hamilton County, Ohio
          Records. (See attachment 9)

     18.  Terms and Conditions of Restrictive Covenants recorded in Mortgage
          Book 4279, Page 414, amended in Mortgage Book 4323, Page 1812, amended
          in Mortgage Book 4521, Page 1803 and assigned in Mortgage Book 4966,
          Page 227, Hamilton County, Ohio Records. (See attachment 10)

     19.  Terms and Conditions of Agreement between the City of Cincinnati and
          the Community Improvement Corporation of Greater Cincinnati recorded
          in Miscellaneous Book 22, Page 818, Hamilton County, Ohio Records.
          (See attachment 11)

This Commitment is invalid unless Schedule A, Commitment Number
36-0143-010-0733 is attached.

<PAGE>

                                      -7-

     20.  Terms and Conditions of Agreement between the City of Cincinnati and
          the Community Improvement Corporation of Greater Cincinnati recorded
          in Miscellaneous Book 28, Page 407, amended in Miscellaneous Book
          28, Page 1079, Hamilton County, Ohio Records. (See attachment 12)

     21.  Terms and Conditions of Agreement between the City of Cincinnati and
          the Community Improvement Corporation of Greater Cincinnati recorded
          in Miscellaneous Book 29, Page 108, Hamilton County, Ohio Records.
          (See attachment 13)

     22.  Terms and Conditions of Agreement between the City of Cincinnati and
          the Community Improvement Corporation of Greater Cincinnati recorded
          in Miscellaneous Book 28, Page 447, Hamilton County, Ohio Records.
          (See attachment 14)

     23.  The following matters as set forth on the Subdivision Plat for
          Prudential Business Park, Section One:

          a)   Blue Ash aerial easement

          b)   Restriction that land owner may not interfere with the function
               and/or the effectiveness of the east and west lakes for use as a
               retention basin

          c)   Building set back lines

          e)   Existing slope easement

          f)   Ten (10) foot storm sewer easement

 24.    Notwithstanding the reference to acreage in the legal description of the
        land set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto, any policy issued pursuant
        hereto does not insure the quantity of ground described as acreage.

This Commitment is invalid unless Schedule A, Commitment Number 36-0143-010-0733
is attached.

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00043-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00043-of-00352.parquet"}]]